Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Introduction 1 - 1
Introduction 1 - 1
Introduction 1 - 2
In addition to the Design Examples volume, the training requires copies of FEMA
Publication 450, the 2003 NEHRP Recommended Provisions for Seismic
Regulations for New Buildings and Other Structures.
Introduction 1 - 2
Introduction 1 - 3
Individual copies of these publications can be obtained at no charge from the FEMA
Publications Center, 1-800-480-2520 (order by FEMA Publications number). If
multiple copies are needed for presentation of the training materials to a group, email bssc@nibs.org.
Introduction 1 - 3
Acknowledgments
FEMA 451 and 451B were developed for
FEMA by the Building Seismic Safety Council
(BSSC) of the National Institute of Building
Sciences (NIBS).
The BSSC also manages development and
updating of the NEHRP Recommended
Provisions.
For information about the BSSC and its
member organizations or to download FEMA
451 and 451B, see
http://bssconline.org
Introduction 1 - 4
This CD was developed by the Building Seismic Safety Council under Contract
EMW-1998-CO-0419 between the Federal Emergency Management Agency and
the National Institute of Building Sciences. For further information on the Building
Seismic Safety Council, see the Councils website www.bssconline.org or
contact the Building Seismic Safety Council, 1090 Vermont, Avenue, N.W., Suite
700, Washington, D.C. 20005; phone 202-289-7800; fax 202-289-1092; e-mail
bssc@nibs.org.
Introduction 1 - 4
Acknowledgments
FEMA and the BSSC are grateful to the following individuals for
their contribution to these instructional materials:
Introduction 1 - 5
Much of this material was originally developed for the Multihazard Building Design
Summer Course offered at FEMAs Emergency Management Institute. Managing
the development of that course material for the Building Seismic Safety Council
(BSSC) was Advanced Structural Concepts, Inc., Blacksburg, Virginia (Finley A.
Charney, PhD., PE, President). Further, the course materials were developed in
association with the Center for Extreme Load Effects on Structures, Virginia Tech
(Finley A. Charney, PhD, PE, Director, and James R. Martin, Jr., Associate
Director)
Introduction 1 - 5
Introduction 1 - 6
Introduction 1 - 6
$ Billions
20
Northridge
15
Loma Prieta
10
5
0
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
Year
Introduction 1 - 7
Natural hazards can be catastrophic to life and property. This slide indicates dollar
losses for all natural hazards in the United States for the past several years. The
Loma Prieta and Northridge earthquakes were matched in dollar damage by
hurricanes Hugo, Andrew and Iniki and all were surpassed by the damage caused
by Hurricane Katrina.
Introduction 1 - 7
Other
0.4%
Riot/Civil Disorder
1.0%
Earthquake
24.9%
Includes Flood
Hurricane/Tropical Storm
32.7%
Includes Flood
Wind/Hail/Tornado
36.5%
Introduction 1 - 8
Earthquakes are a significant hazard but generally cause less dollar damage than
wind, rain, and associated flooding. This slide does not break out flood damage,
however, it should be emphasized that floods are one of the largest sources of
losses due to natural disasters.
Nevertheless, mitigation actions to reduce the losses from these natural hazards
are cost-effective. In 2006, the National Institute of Building Sciences through its
Multihazard Mitigation Council completed a report to the Congress of the United
States on behalf of Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) that presents
the results of an independent study to assess the future savings from hazard
mitigation activities. This study shows that money spent on reducing the risk of
natural hazards is a sound investment. On average, a dollar spent by FEMA on
hazard mitigation (actions to reduce disaster losses) provides the nation about $4 in
future benefits. In addition, FEMA grants to mitigate the effects of floods,
hurricanes, tornados, and earthquakes between 1993 and 2003 are expected to
save more than 220 lives and prevent almost 4,700 injuries over approximately 50
years. Recent disaster events painfully demonstrate the extent to which
catastrophic damage affects all Americans and the federal treasury.
Introduction 1 - 8
Introduction 1 - 9
These are but a few of the major earthquakes occurring in the United States during
the previous century. This presentation emphasizes the Loma Prieta and
Northridge earthquakes.
The Northridge earthquake, like the 1971 San Fernando Valley earthquake, was a
wakeup call to engineers and ultimately resulted in significant changes to building
codes. Much of the current emphasis on performance-based engineering is due to
the greater than expected damage that occurred as a result of the Northridge
earthquake.
Introduction 1 - 9
Introduction 1 - 10
This slide emphasizes the fact that damage occurs to nonbuilding structures as well
as building structures.
Introduction 1 - 10
Introduction 1 - 11
Damage to the Olive View Hospital was particularly disturbing because the
structure was relatively new and was designed according to the modern code at
the time. The building was a complete loss and had to be demolished. Note that
the ambulance canopy in the foreground is a separate structure, and was also a
complete loss. Also significant is the fact that the ambulances were trapped in the
collapsed canopy and were not available for use.
During the 1994 Northridge earthquake, the new Olive View Hospital structure fared
rather well, but there were significant losses associated with nonstructural elements
and components.
Introduction 1 - 11
Introduction 1 - 12
Losses of transportation structures are very dramatic and can be among the most
costly in terms of loss of life and property and indirect effects. This bridge was out
of service for several weeks after the earthquake requiring major rerouting of traffic.
The collapse of the Oakland Cyprus Street Viaduct (not shown) was responsible for
the loss of 42 lives. There were similar but less catastrophic failures of sections of
the Embarcadero Freeway in San Francisco.
The Loma Prieta earthquake killed more than 60 people, injured 3,700, and left
12,000 homeless.
Introduction 1 - 12
1994 Earthquake in
Northridge, California
Bull Creek Canyon Channel
Bridge on the Simi Valley freeway
near the epicenter to the north.
Shear failure of a flared column.
Introduction 1 - 13
Freeways in the Los Angeles area were not immune to damage during the
Northridge earthquake. Ironically, many of the bridges that failed were scheduled
for rehabilitation prior to the earthquake.
Approximately 60 people were killed by the quake.
Introduction 1 - 13
1994 Northridge
Earthquake
Gavin Canyon Undercrossing
on I-5
Introduction 1 - 14
Introduction 1 - 14
1923 Tokyo
1927 China
1985 Chile
1985 Mexico City
1988 Armenia
1993 Hokkaido
1995 Kobe
1999 Turkey, Taiwan
2001 India
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Introduction 1 - 15
Earthquakes occur all over the world and often produce unimaginable destruction.
Codes and enforcement in developing countries are often decades behind those of
the industrialized world.
Introduction 1 - 15
Introduction 1 - 16
The damage in Mexico City was due to an earthquake that occurred more than 350
km away from the city center. The main shock killed 10,000, left 50,000 homeless,
and caused $4 billion dollars damage.
The vast destruction was attributed in large part to dynamic amplification of seismic
waves through the soft soil in Mexico City. The dominant seismic waves had a
period of about 2.0 seconds, wreaking havoc on buildings in the 10- to 20-story
range.
Introduction 1 - 16
Introduction 1 - 17
Introduction 1 - 17
Introduction 1 - 18
The Kobe earthquake killed more than 5,000 people and injured 26,000 others.
More than 56,000 buildings were destroyed. Losses were estimated at more than
$2 billion. This is more than 10 times the dollar loss for the Northridge earthquake
which occurred exactly one year earlier in southern California. This slide was
selected to emphasize the point that loss to nonbuilding structures and lifelines can
have a significant effect on society. Further, it should be noted that a considerable
amount of business and industrial activities that moved from the area after the
earthquake never returned.
Introduction 1 - 18
Typical Cycle
Build (Rebuild)
Earthquake!
Learning
Research
Code Development
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Introduction 1 - 19
Introduction 1 - 19
Who Is Involved in
Earthquake Hazard Mitigation?
Government
Construction
Architecture
Sociology
Economics
Seismology
Buildings
Bridges
Dams
Lifelines
Other...
Research
Education
Geology
Engineering
Materials
Introduction 1 - 20
Many disciplines are involved in earthquake hazard mitigation. All groups must
work together to provide the level of protection needed by society.
Introduction 1 - 20
New buildings
Hazards associated with ground shaking
Force-Based approach of 2003 NEHRP
Introduction 1 - 21
Introduction 1 - 21
Introduction 1 - 22
Introduction 1 - 22
Introduction 1 - 23
Introduction 1 - 23
Introduction 1 - 24
Topics 1 through 14 and 16 are the basic topics and include most of the concepts
required to understand how earthquake analysis and design procedures are
developed (Topics 1-7) and then how they are incorporated into the NEHRP
Recommended Provisions and/or ASCE-7. These topics could generally be
covered in a four- to five-day course with seven hours of instruction per day. If
presented in such a classroom setting, instructors should consider developing a
series of group exercises to help illustrate the concepts and to break up a long
series of lectures. One of the exercises should use the computer program NONLIN
that is included on the FEMA 451B CD.
The chapter numbers to the right of some of the topics refer to chapters in FEMA
451, NEHRP Recommended Provisions: Design Examples. In some cases, there
is direct correlation between the examples in the slide sets and the FEMA 451 CD.
For example, the topics in concrete and steel are related in this manner.
Introduction 1 - 24
Introduction
Performance Based Engineering
Seismic Hazard Analysis
Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering
Advanced Analysis, Part 1 of 3
Advanced Analysis, Part 2 of 3
Advanced Analysis, Part 3 of 3
Passive Energy Systems [FEMA 451, Ch. 6]
Seismic Isolation [FEMA 451, Ch. 11]
Nonbuilding Systems [FEMA 451, Ch. 12]
Introduction 1 - 25
Introduction 1 - 25
Fundamentals
Guide to the Use of the NEHRP Recommended Provisions
Structural Analysis (including nonlinear analysis)
Foundation Design
Steel Structures
Reinforced Concrete Structures
Precast Concrete Structures
Composite Steel/Concrete Structures
Masonry Structures
Wood Structures
Seismically Isolated Structures
Nonbuilding Structures
Nonstructural Components
Introduction 1 - 26
The FEMA 451 CD contains 13 chapters as shown in this slide. The examples are
extremely detailed and should be worked into the coursework where possible.
Individuals pursuing earthquake engineering knowledge using these presentations
for self-study also are strongly encouraged to work through these examples after
working through with the presentation information.
Introduction 1 - 26
Structural engineering:
The art of using materials that
have properties which can only be estimated
to build real structures that
can only be approximately analyzed
to withstand forces that
are not accurately known
so that our responsibility to the
public safety is satisfied.
Introduction 1 - 27
Introduction 1 - 27
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 1
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 2
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 3
Plate Boundaries
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 4
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 5
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 6
Pacific
Plate
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 7
Seismicity of Alaska
North American
Plate
Pacific
Plate
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 8
Rupture surface
Hypocenter
(focus)
Fault plane
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 9
Types of Faults
Strike slip
(left lateral)
Normal
Strike slip
(right lateral)
Reverse (thrust)
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 10
New fence
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 11
Time = 40 Years
New road
Old fence
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 12
Time = 41 Years
New road
Old fence
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 13
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 14
Di
pr rec
op tio
ag n
at of
io
n
D
pr irec
op tio
ag n
at of
io
n
Compression wave
(P wave)
Shear wave
(S wave)
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 15
Di
pr rec
op tio
ag n o
at f
ion
Di
pr rect
op ion
ag
ati of
on
Love wave
Rayleigh wave
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 16
P waves
S waves
Love waves
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 17
Reservoir level
Earthquake frequency
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 18
Fault rupture
Ground shaking
Landslides
Liquefaction
Tsunamis
Seiches
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 19
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 20
Cause of Liquefaction
If a saturated sand is subjected to ground
vibrations, it tends to compact and decrease in volume.
If drainage is unable to occur, the tendency to
decrease in volume results in an increase in
pore pressure.
If the pore water pressure builds up to the point at
which it is equal to the overburden pressure, the
effective stress becomes zero, the sand loses its
strength completely, and liquefaction occurs.
Seed and Idriss (1971)
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 21
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 22
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 23
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 24
Cause of Tsunamis
Tsunamis are created by a sudden vertical
movement of the sea floor.
These movements usually occur in
subduction zones.
Tsunamis move at great speeds, often 600
to 800 km/hr.
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 25
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 26
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 27
Mitigation Strategies
Earthquake effect
Fault rupture
Tsunami/seiche
Landslide
Liquefaction
Ground shaking
Strategy
Avoid
Avoid
Avoid
Avoid/resist
Resist
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 28
Measuring Earthquakes
INTENSITY
Subjective
Used where instruments are not available
Very useful in historical seismicity
MAGNITUDE
Measured with seismometers
Direct measure of energy released
Possible confusion due to different measures
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 29
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 30
III.
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 31
V.
VI.
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 32
VIII.
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 33
X.
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 34
XII.
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 35
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 36
Isoseismal Map
For New Madrid
Earthquake of
December 16, 1811
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 37
Isoseismal Map
for 1886
Charleston
Earthquake
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 38
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 39
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 40
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 41
Instrumental Seismicity
Magnitude (Richter, 1935)
Also called local magnitude
ML = Log [Maxumum Wave Amplitude (in mm/1000)]
Recorded Wood-Anderson seismograph
100 km from epicenter
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 42
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 43
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 44
Moment Magnitude
Seismic moment = MO = AD
[Units = force times distance]
Where:
= modulus of rigidity
A = fault rupture area
D = fault dislocation or slip
Moment magnitude = MW = (Log MO-16.05)/1.5
(Units = dyne-cm)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 45
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 46
Approximate Relationship
Between Magnitude and Intensity
10
9
8
Magnitude
M L = 0.67 I 0 + 1
6
5
4
3
Richter (Local)
MbLg
1
0
1
10
11
12
Intensity
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 47
Energy, Ergs
1E+24
1E+22
1E+20
.
1E+18
31
1E+16
1000
1E+14
1E+12
0
10
Magnitude, Ms
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 48
Nuclear bomb
1E+26
1E+24
1E+22
1E+20
Atomic bomb
.
1E+18
1E+16
1E+14
1E+12
0
10
Magnitude, Ms
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 49
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 50
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 51
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 52
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 53
500
250
0
-250
-500
0
200
10
Velocity, in/sec
150
100
50
0
800
10
Displacement, in
600
400
200
0
0
10
Time, sec
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 54
400
200
0
-2 0 0
-4 0 0
-6 0 0
0
2
-463 cm/sec
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
600
400
200
0
-2 0 0
-4 0 0
-6 0 0
0
10 2
-500 cm/sec
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
600
400
200
0
-2 0 0
-4 0 0
-6 0 0
0
10
-391
cm/sec21 5
20
25
30
35
40
45
T im e (s e c )
Time, Seconds
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
0.05g
400
200
0
-200
-400
-600
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
Time, Seconds
Bracketed duration
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 56
Acceleration, cm/sec2
200
400
0
300
-2 0 0
-4 0 0
200
-6 0 0
0
100
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
Time, Seconds
0
-100
-200
-300
-400
8
10
11
12
Time, Seconds
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 57
N /2
N /2
j =1
j =1
j =1
bj
j = arctan
aj
f 0 = df = 1 / Ndt
Acceleration, cm/sec2
A j = a 2j + b 2j
Normalized Fourier Coefficient
600
1.2
400
1.0
200
0.8
0.6
-2 0 0
0.4
-4 0 0
0.2
-6 0 0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
0.0
0
10
20
30
Frequency (Hz)
N points at timestep dt
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 58
50
40
30
20
10
0
-1 0
-2 0
-3 0
-4 0
-5 0
0 .0 0
0 .1 0
0 .2 0
0 .3 0
0 .4 0
0 .5 0
0 .6 0
0 .7 0
0 .8 0
0 .9 0
1 .0 0
T im e , S e c o n d s
12
10
Fourier Amplitude
Amplitude
8
6
4
2
0
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
F re q u e n c y , Hz.
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 59
1.0
Fourier Amplitude
400
200
0
-200
-400
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
-600
0
10
20
30
40
50
0.0
0
10
600
20
25
30
20
25
30
Frequency (Hz)
1.2
15
1.0
F o u rie r Am p litu d e
400
200
0
-200
-400
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
-600
0
10
20
30
40
50
0.0
0
Time, Seconds
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
10
15
Frequency (Hz)
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 60
600
1.2
1.0
Fourier Amplitude
400
200
0
-2 0 0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
-4 0 0
-463 cm/sec2
-6 0 0
0
10
15
0.0
20
25
30
35
40
45
10
20
30
Frequenc y (Hz )
1.2
40
1.0
Fourier Amplitude
30
20
10
0
-1 0
-2 0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
-3 0
-30.7 cm/sec
-4 0
0.0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
10
45
20
30
Frequenc y (Hz)
1.2
15
11.0 cm
Horizontal displacement, cm
1.0
Fourier Amplitude
10
5
0
-5
-1 0
0.8
0.6
`
0.4
0.2
-1 5
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
0.0
0
Time, Seconds
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
10
20
30
Frequenc y (Hz )
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 61
0.40
0.20
0.00
-0.20
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
6.00
DISPLACEMENT, in.
TIME, SECONDS
4.00
T=0.6 Seconds
2.00
0.00
-2.00
DISPLACEMENT, inches
16
-0.40
0.00
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
-4.00
0.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
6.00
DISPLACEMENT, In.
PERIOD, Seconds
8.00
T=2.0 Seconds
4.00
0.00
-4.00
-8.00
0.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
6.00
Earthquake Mechanics 2 - 62
10
Structural Dynamics of
Linear Elastic Single-Degree-of-Freedom
(SDOF) Systems
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 1
Structural Dynamics
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 2
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 3
F ( t ), u ( t )
Damping
Stiffness
u(t)
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 4
0 .5 f S ( t )
fD (t )
F (t )
0 .5 f S ( t )
F (t ) f I (t ) fD (t ) fS (t ) = 0
fI (t ) + fD (t ) + fS (t ) = F (t )
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 5
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
Displacement, in
0.50
0.00
-0.50
0.00
15.00
0.20
Velocity, in/sec
0.00
-15.00
0.00
0.20
Acceleration, in/sec2
400.00
0.00
-400.00
0.00
0.20
Time, sec
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 6
30.00
4.00
50.00
15.00
2.00
25.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-15.00
-2.00
-25.00
-30.00
-0.60
-4.00
-20.00
-50.00
-500
-0.30
0.00
0.30
Displacement, inches
Slope = k
= 50 kip/in
f S ( t ) = k u( t )
0.60
-10.00
0.00
10.00
20.00
Velocity, In/sec
Slope = c
= 0.254 kip-sec/in
f D ( t ) = c u& ( t )
-250
250
500
Acceleration, in/sec2
Slope = m
= 0.130 kip-sec2/in
f I ( t ) = m u&&( t )
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 7
0 .5 f S ( t )
fD (t )
F (t )
0 .5 f S ( t )
fI (t ) + fD (t ) + fS (t ) = F (t )
m u&&( t ) + c u& ( t ) + k u ( t ) = F ( t )
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 8
Mass
M
1.0
Acceleration
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 9
Damping
Damping Force
C
1.0
Velocity
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 10
Damping
Damping Force
AREA =
ENERGY
DISSIPATED
Displacement
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 11
Stiffness
Spring Force
K
1.0
Displacement
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 12
Spring Force
Stiffness
AREA =
ENERGY
DISSIPATED
Displacement
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 13
u ( t ) = A sin( t ) + B cos( t )
A=
u& 0
u (t ) =
u& 0
Solution:
m u&&( t ) + k u( t ) = 0
u& 0 u 0
B = u0
k
m
sin( t ) + u 0 cos( t )
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 14
u& 0
T = 0.5 sec
1.0
3
2
1
0
-1
-2
-3
u0
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
Time, seconds
Circular Frequency
(radians/sec)
k
m
Cyclic Frequency
(cycles/sec, Hertz)
f =
2
Period of Vibration
(sec/cycle)
1
2
T =
=
f
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 15
Ta = C h
x
t n
Ct =
Ct =
Ct =
Ct =
0.028, x = 0.8
0.016, x = 0.9
0.030, x = 0.75
0.020, x = 0.75
T = 0.1N
a
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 16
Ta = 0.028hn0.8
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 17
T = 1.9 sec
T = 1.1 sec
T = 0.15 sec
T = 1.3 sec
T = 0.8 sec
T = 0.1 sec
Gravity dam
Suspension bridge
T = 0.2 sec
T = 20 sec
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 18
T = Ta Cu Tcomputed
SD1
> 0.40g
0.30g
0.20g
0.15g
< 0.1g
Cu
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 19
use T = CuTa
use T = Ta
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 20
m u&&( t ) + c u& ( t ) + k u ( t ) = 0
Initial conditions: u0
u& 0
st
Assume: u ( t ) = e
Equation of motion:
Solution:
u( t ) = e
u& 0 + u 0
sin( D t )
u 0 cos( D t ) +
D
c
c
=
=
2m
cc
D = 1
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 21
Damping in Structures
c
c
=
=
2m
cc
Time, sec
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 22
Damping in Structures
True damping in structures is NOT viscous. However, for low
damping values, viscous damping allows for linear equations
and vastly simplifies the solution.
Spring Force, kips
30.00
4.00
50.00
15.00
2.00
25.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-15.00
-2.00
-25.00
-30.00
-0.60
-4.00
-20.00
-50.00
-500
-0.30
0.00
0.30
Displacement, inches
0.60
-10.00
0.00
10.00
20.00
Velocity, In/sec
-250
250
2
Acceleration, in/sec
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 23
500
Displacement, inches
0% Damping
10% Damping
20% Damping
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
Time, seconds
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 24
= 0.010
= 0.020
= 0.015
= 0.020
= 0.035
= 0.100
= 0.150
= 0.050
= 0.075
= 0.250
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 25
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 26
u1
=
ln
u2
u1
Amplitude
0.5
u2
u3
2
1 2
u0 e
-0.5
-1
0.00
0.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
u1 u 2
2 u2
Time, Seconds
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 27
Force, Kips
T =
150
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
0.00
m u&&( t ) + k u ( t ) = p 0 sin( t )
0.25
= 0.25 sec
po=100 kips
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
Time, Seconds
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 28
p0
u (t ) =
sin( t ) sin( t )
2
k 1 ( / )
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 29
Loading frequency
Structures natural frequency
Dynamic magnifier
Transient response
(at structures frequency)
p0
1
u( t ) =
sin( t ) sin( t ) )
2 (
k 1
Steady state
Static displacement
response
(at loading frequency)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 30
Steady state
response (in.)
Transient
response (in.)
Total response
(in.)
200
100
0
-100
-200
0.00
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
10
5
0
-5
-10
0.00
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
10
5
0
-5
-10
0.00
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
10
5
0
-5
-10
0.00
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
sp ace e t,
Loading (kips)
Time, seconds
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 31
150
100
50
0
-5 0
-1 0 0
-1 5 0
0 .0 0
0 .2 5
0 .5 0
0 .7 5
1 .0 0
1 .2 5
1 .5 0
1 .7 5
2 .0 0
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.7 5
2.00
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
500
Steady state
response (in.)
250
0
-250
-500
0.00
500
250
Transient
response (in.)
0
-250
-500
0.00
80
0
p
Total response
(in.)
40
-40
-80
0.00
T ime, seconds
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 32
2 uS
Displacement, in.
40
-40
Linear envelope
-80
0.00
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
Time, seconds
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 33
150
100
50
0
-5 0
-1 0 0
-1 5 0
0 .0 0
= 1.01
u S = 5.0 in.
0 .2 5
0 .5 0
0 .7 5
1 .0 0
1 .2 5
1 .5 0
1 .7 5
2 .0 0
0 .2 5
0 .5 0
0 .7 5
1 .0 0
1 .2 5
1 .5 0
1 .7 5
2 .0 0
0 .2 5
0 .5 0
0 .7 5
1 .0 0
1 .2 5
1 .5 0
1 .7 5
2 .0 0
0 .2 5
0 .5 0
0 .7 5
1 .0 0
1 .2 5
1 .5 0
1 .7 5
500
Steady state
response (in.)
250
0
-2 5 0
-5 0 0
0 .0 0
500
Transient
response (in.)
250
0
-2 5 0
-5 0 0
0 .0 0
80
40
0
p
Total response
(in.)
-4 0
-8 0
0 .0 0
2 .0 0
T im e , s e c o n d s
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 34
= 4 rad / sec
Loading (kips)
150
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
0.00
= 8 rad / sec
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
0 .2 5
0 .5 0
0 .7 5
1 .0 0
1 .2 5
1 .5 0
1 .7 5
2 .0 0
0 .2 5
0 .5 0
0 .7 5
1.0 0
1.2 5
1 .5 0
1 .75
2 .00
0 .2 5
0 .5 0
0 .7 5
1 .0 0
1 .2 5
1 .5 0
1 .7 5
2 .0 0
Steady state
response (in.)
3
0
-3
-6
0 .0 0
6
3
Transient response
(in.)
0
-3
-6
0 .0 0
6
3
0
p
Total response
(in.)
-3
-6
0 .0 0
T im e , s e c o n d s
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 35
12.00
8.00
In phase
4.00
Resonance
0.00
-4.00
-8.00
-12.00
0.00
0.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
Frequency Ratio
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 36
Resonance
10.00
8.00
6.00
4.00
Slowly
loaded
Rapidly
loaded
2.00
1.00
0.00
0.00
0.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
Frequency Ratio
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 37
Force, Kips
T =
150
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
0.00
= 0.25 sec
po=100 kips
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
Time, Seconds
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 38
u ( t ) = C sin( t ) + D cos( t )
Complimentary solution:
u ( t ) = e t [ A sin( D t ) + B cos( D t ) ]
Solution:
u ( t ) = e t [ A sin( D t ) + B cos( D t ) ]
+ C sin( t ) + D cos( t )
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
c
2 m
D = 1 2
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 39
u(t ) = e
[ A sin( D t ) + B cos( D t ) ]
C sin(t ) + D cos( t )
Steady state response,
at loading frequency
po
1 2
C=
k (1 2 ) 2 + (2 ) 2
po
2
D=
k (1 2 ) 2 + (2 ) 2
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 40
50
40
30
20
10
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
0.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
Time, Seconds
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 41
50
40
1
Static
2
30
20
10
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
0.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
Time, Seconds
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 42
200
150
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
-200
0.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
Time, Seconds
0% Damping
%5 Damping
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 43
14.00
Resonance
0.0% Damping
5.0 % Damping
10.0% Damping
25.0 % Damping
12.00
10.00
8.00
RD =
6.00
1
(1 2 ) 2 + ( 2 ) 2
4.00
2.00
Slowly
loaded
0.00
0.00
0.50
Rapidly
loaded
1.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
Frequency Ratio,
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 44
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 45
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 46
Energy
Stored
Energy
Dissipated
2
1
LOADING
YIELDING
Energy
Recovered
2
u
UNLOADING
Total
Energy
Dissipated
3
u
UNLOADED
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 47
F(t)
Time, T
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 48
Fourier transform
Duhamel integration
Piecewise exact
Newmark techniques
All techniques are carried out numerically.
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 49
dF
F ( ) = Fo +
dt
Fo
dF
dt
dt
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 50
u o , 0 = 0 u&o , 0 = 0
u1 = u ( )
u&1 = u& ( )
u&&1 = u&&( )
u o ,1 = u ( )
u&0 ,1 = u& ( )
LOOP
u 2 = u ( )
u& 2 = u& ( )
u&&2 = u&&( )
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 51
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 52
Newmark Techniques
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 53
Newmark Method
Advantages:
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 54
GROUND ACC, g
0.40
0.20
0.00
-0.20
-0.40
0.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
6.00
TIME, SECONDS
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 55
0
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
Time (sec)
15
10
0.4
30
20
10
0
-10
-20
-30
0
10
20
30
40
50
Time (sec)
0
-5
-10
-15
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
Time (sec)
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 56
60
u&&r
Ground Acceleration Response History
0.40
GROUND ACC, g
u&&g
u&&t
0.20
0.00
-0.20
-0.40
0.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
TIME, SECONDS
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 57
6.00
c
k
u&&r (t ) + u&r (t ) + ur (t ) = u&&g (t )
m
m
Make substitutions:
c
= 2
m
k
=2
m
Simplified form:
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 58
Damping ratio
Ground motion acceleration history
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 59
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
-0.1
SOLVER
-0.2
-0.3
0
10
20
30
40
Time (sec)
60
6
Structural Displacement (in)
50
Computed response
4
2
0
-2
-4
Peak displacement
-6
0
10
20
30
Time (sec)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
40
50
60
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 60
16
12
0
0
10
PERIOD, Seconds
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 61
0.08
0.06
Computed response
0.04
0.02
0.00
-0.02
-0.04
-0.06
-0.08
10
11
12
Time, Seconds
10.00
= 0.05
T = 0.10 sec
Umax= 0.0543 in.
Displacement, Inches
8.00
6.00
4.00
2.00
0.00
0.00
0.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
Period, Seconds
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 62
0.40
0.30
Computed response
0.20
0.10
0.00
-0.10
-0.20
-0.30
-0.40
10
11
12
Time, Seconds
10.00
= 0.05
T = 0.20 sec
Umax = 0.254 in.
Displacement, Inches
8.00
6.00
4.00
2.00
0.00
0.00
0.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
Period, Seconds
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 63
0.80
0.60
Computed response
0.40
0.20
0.00
-0.20
-0.40
-0.60
-0.80
10
11
12
Time, Seconds
10.00
= 0.05
T = 0.30 sec
Umax = 0.622 in.
Displacement, Inches
8.00
6.00
4.00
2.00
0.00
0.00
0.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
Period, Seconds
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 64
1.20
0.90
Computed response
0.60
0.30
0.00
-0.30
-0.60
-0.90
-1.20
10
11
12
Time, Seconds
10.00
= 0.05
T = 0.40 sec
Umax = 0.956 in.
Displacement, Inches
8.00
6.00
4.00
2.00
0.00
0.00
0.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
Period, Seconds
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 65
2.40
1.80
Computed response
1.20
0.60
0.00
-0.60
-1.20
-1.80
-2.40
10
11
12
Time, Seconds
10.00
= 0.05
T = 0.50 sec
Umax = 2.02 in.
Displacement, Inches
8.00
6.00
4.00
2.00
0.00
0.00
0.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
Period, Seconds
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 66
Displacement, Inches
Computed response
0.80
0.00
-0.80
-1.60
-2.40
-3.20
0
10
11
12
Time, Seconds
10.00
= 0.05
T = 0.60 sec
Umax= -3.00 in.
Displacement, Inches
8.00
6.00
4.00
2.00
0.00
0.00
0.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
Period, Seconds
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 67
Displacement, Inches
10.00
8.00
6.00
4.00
2.00
0.00
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
Period, Seconds
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 68
Development of Pseudovelocity
Response Spectrum
35.00
5% damping
Pseudovelocity, in/sec
30.00
25.00
20.00
15.00
10.00
PSV (T ) D
5.00
0.00
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
Period, Seconds
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 69
Development of Pseudoacceleration
Response Spectrum
400.0
5% damping
Pseudoacceleration, in/sec
350.0
300.0
250.0
200.0
PSA (T ) 2 D
150.0
100.0
50.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
Period, Seconds
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 70
5% damping
Pseudoacceleration, in/sec
350.0
Peak ground
acceleration
300.0
250.0
200.0
150.0
100.0
50.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
Period, Seconds
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 71
u&&r
Ground Acceleration Response History
0.40
GROUND ACC, g
u&&g
u&&t
0.20
0.00
-0.20
-0.40
0.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
TIME, SECONDS
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 72
6.00
300.00
Acceleration (in/sec )
350.00
250.00
200.00
150.00
100.00
50.00
0.00
0.1
1
Period (sec)
Total Acceleration
10
Pseudo-Acceleration
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 73
Ve locity (in/se c)
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
0.1
1
Period (sec)
Relative Velocity
10
Pseudo-Velocity
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 74
Displacement, Inches
25.00
0%
5%
10%
20%
20.00
15.00
10.00
5.00
0.00
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
Period, Seconds
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 75
4.00
0%
5%
10%
20%
3.00
2.00
1.00
0.00
Peak ground
acceleration
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
Period, Seconds
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 76
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 77
Amplitude
0.0
6.0
12.0 18.0 24.0 30.0 36.0 42.0 48.0 54.0 60.0 66.0 72.0 78.0 84.0 90.0
Time (sec)
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 78
Amplitud
e
T = 5.0 s
6.0
12.0
18.0
24.0
30.0
36.0
42.0
1
0.5
0
-0.5
-1
48.0
54.0
60.0
66.0
72.0
78.0
84.0
90.0
T = 4.0 s
0.0
6.0
12.0
18.0
24.0
30.0
36.0
42.0
1
0.5
0
-0.5
-1
48.0
54.0
60.0
66.0
72.0
78.0
84.0
90.0
T = 3.0 s
0.0
6.0
12.0
18.0
24.0
30.0
36.0
42.0
48.0
54.0
60.0
66.0
72.0
78.0
84.0
90.0
Time (sec)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 79
Amplitude
T = 2.0 s
6.0
12.0
18.0
24.0
30.0
36.0
42.0
1
0.5
0
-0.5
-1
48.0
54.0
60.0
66.0
72.0
78.0
84.0
90.0
T = 1.0 s
0.0
6.0
12.0
18.0
24.0
30.0
36.0
42.0
48.0
54.0
60.0
66.0
72.0
78.0
84.0
90.0
Summation
4.00
2.00
0.00
-2.00
-4.00
0.0
6.0
12.0
18.0
24.0
30.0
36.0
42.0
48.0
54.0
60.0
66.0
72.0
78.0
84.0
90.0
Time (sec)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 80
Fourier amplitude
12.00
10.00
8.00
6.00
4.00
2.00
0.00
0.00
0.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
Frequency Ratio,
Frequency (Hz)
FFT curve for the combined wave
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 81
12.00
K = 500 k/in
M = 2000/386.4 = 5.18 k-sec2/in
= (K/M)0.5 =9.82 rad/sec
T = 2/ = 0.64 sec
5% critical damping
Displacement, Inches
10.00
W = 2,000 k
8.00
6.00
4.00
2.00
0.00
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
Period, Seconds
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 82
K = 500 k/in
W = 2,000 k
M = 2000/386.4 = 5.18 k-sec2/in
= (K/M)0.5 =9.82 rad/sec
T = 2/ = 0.64 sec
5% critical damping
Pseudoacceleration, in/sec2
Example Structure
350.0
300.0
250.0
200.0
150.0
100.0
50.0
0.0
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
Period, Seconds
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 83
4.0
Pseudoacceleration, g
0.80
T = 0.64s
0.60
0.40
0.20
0.00
0.00
2.00
4.00
6.00
8.00
10.00
12.00
Displacement, inches
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 84
PSEUDOVELOCITY, in/sec
D=10.0
1.0
0.1
Line of constant
displacement
10
1.0
0.01
D=
1
.01
0.1
0.001
PSV
0.1
0.1
10
100
1000
Circular Frequency
per Second
, Radiand
Circular Frequency
(radians/sec)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 85
PSEUDOVELOCITY, in/sec
PSA=1000
10000
100000
Line of increasing
acceleration
10
100
10000
PSA = PSV
10
100
1000
0.1
0.1
10
100
1000
Circular Frequency
Radiand per
Circular ,
Frequency
Second
(radians/sec)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 86
PSEUDOVELOCITY, in/sec
100
DI
S
ec
s
n/
i
N,
IO
T
A 100
R
00
LE
PL
AC
0 EM
10
E
10
NT
,i
n
10
E
C
AC 10
0
10
0
0
1.
10
1
0.
01
0.
0.
1
01
0
0.
0.1
0.1
10
100
1000
Circular Frequency
, Radiand per
Circular Frequency
Second
(radians/sec)
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 87
.0
10
1
00
0.
0.
00
1
01
0.
0.
01
1.00
10
0.
0.
1
0
1.
1.
0
g
n,
io
10.00
at
10
.0
er
el
cc
PSEUDOVELOCITY, in/sec
en
t,
in
100.00
0.10
0.01
0.10
1.00
10.00
PERIOD, Seconds
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 88
Development of an Elastic
Response Spectrum
Problems with Current Spectrum:
100.00
en
t
10
.0
D
is
.0
10
n,
pl
ac
em
tio
ra
10.00
0.
1
1.
0
0
1.
10
0.
0.
01
1.00
01
0.
1
00
0.
0.10
0.01
0.
00
1
PSEUDOVELOCITY, in/sec
e
el
,i
n.
c
Ac
0.10
1.00
PERIOD, Seconds
10.00
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 89
en
t,
in
100
10
.0
0% Damping
5% Damping
10% Damping
20* Damping
10
0.
0.
1
0
1.
1.
0
10
1
00
0.
0.
00
1
0.
01
01
0.
g
n,
io
.0
10
at
D
is
pl
ac
em
er
el
cc
0.1
0.01
0.1
1
Period, Seconds
10
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 90
Different earthquakes
100.0
will have different spectra.
El Centro
Loma Prieta
North Ridge
San Fernando
Average
10.0
1.0
0.1
0.01
0.10
1.00
10.00
Period, seconds
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 91
Newmark-Hall spectrum
ASCE 7 spectrum
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 92
0% Dam ping
5% Dam ping
10
max u&
Observations
max u
max u&&
v max v
v&& 0
0.1
0.01
0.1
Period1 (sec)
10
at long T
100
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 93
Relative displacement
Total acceleration
Zero
Ground acceleration
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 94
Relative displacement
Total acceleration
Ground displacement
Zero
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 95
10
.0
.0
10
g
n,
io
1.
0
0
1.
0% Damping
5% Damping
10% Damping
20* Damping
4.25 in.
0.
01
0.
1
10
0.
12.7 in/s
01
0.
0.35g
1
00
0.
0.1
0.01
Ground Maxima
0.
00
1
at
D
is
pl
ac
em
en
t,
er
el
cc
in
10
0.1
1
Period, Seconds
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
10
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 96
aa
3.68
3.21
2.74
2.46
2.12
1.89
1.64
1.17
Median (50%)
av
ad
2.59 2.01
2.31 1.82
2.03 1.63
1.86 1.52
1.65 1.39
1.51 1.29
1.37 1.20
1.08 1.01
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 97
v&& , v& , v
2) Draw line max v
&&
3
4
from Tb to Tc
6
3) Draw line V
from Tc to Td
4) Draw line D
from Td to Te
max v&
max v
Ta
Tb
Tc
Td
Te Tf
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 98
Spectral Response
Acceleration, Sa
ASCE 7
Uses a Smoothed Design Acceleration Spectrum
Short
period
acceleration
2
SDS
SD1
Long period
acceleration
SDS
Sa = 0.6
T + 0.4 SDS
T0
Sa = SDS
3
4
SD1
T
TS
Sa = L 2D1
T
Sa =
TS
Period, T
T = 1.0
TL
SDOF Dynamics 3 - 99
u2
u3
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 1
mode shapes
Solution of uncoupled equations
Recombination of computed response
Modal response history analysis
Modal response spectrum analysis
Equivalent lateral force procedure
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 2
m
u
W
g
Scalars
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 3
Cs
See ASCE 7-05
Table 12.6-1
Ts
3.5Ts
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 4
Majority of mass
is in floors
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
ux
DOF
Motion is
predominantly
lateral
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 5
u1
u2
u1
U = u2
u
3
u3
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 6
d1,1
d2,1
d3,1
d3,1
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 7
f2=1 kip
d2,2
d1,1 d1,2
d2,1 d2,2
d3,1 d3,2
d3,2
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 8
d2,3
f3 = 1 kip
d3,3
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 9
U = d2,1 d2,2 d2,3 f2
d3,1 d3,2 d3,3 f3
d1,1
d1,2
d1,3
U = d2,1 f1 + d2,2 f2 + d2,3 f3
d
d
d
3,1
3,2
3,3
DF=U
K = D-1
KU=F
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 10
Static Condensation
K m,n Um Fm
=
K n,n Un {0}
K m,m
K
n,m
K m,mUm + K m,nUn = Fm
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 11
Static Condensation
(continued)
Rearrange
Plug into
Simplify
1
n ,n
Un = K K n,mUm
1
n,n
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 12
f1(t), u1(t)
k1
m2
f2(t), u2(t)
k2
m3
k3
f3(t), u3(t)
-k1
0
k1
K = -k1 k1+ k 2
-k 2
0
-k 2
k 2 + k 3
0
m1 0
M = 0 m2 0
0
0 m3
f1(t )
F(t ) = f2 (t )
f (t )
3
u1(t )
U(t ) = u2 (t )
u (t )
3
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 13
0
m2
0
&&1 ( t )
0 u
&&
0 u
(
t
)
+
2
&& 3 ( t )
m 3 u
k1
k1
k1
k1 + k 2
k 3
0
u 1 ( t ) f1 ( t )
k 2 u 2 ( t ) = f 2 ( t )
k 2 + k 3 u 3 ( t ) f3 ( t )
DOF 2
DOF 3
DOF 1
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 14
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 15
Assume
1,1
1 = 2,1 , 1
3,1
1,2
2 = 2,2 , 2
3,2
1,3
3 = 2,3 , 3
3,3
Natural frequency
Natural mode shape
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 16
K = M2
Where: = [1 2 3 ]
12
2
2
2
2
K
=
=
1,i = 1.0
or
T M = I
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 17
1,1
1,3
Node
2,3
2,2
2,1
Node
Node
3,1
3,2
MODE 1
3,3
MODE 2
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
MODE 3
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 18
U =Y
Mode shape
U = 2,1 2,2 2,3 y2 U = 2,1 y1 + 2,2 y2 + 2,3 y3
3,1 3,2 3,3 y3
3,1
3,2
3,3
Modal coordinate =
amplitude of mode
shape
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 19
Orthogonality Conditions
= [1 2 3 ]
Generalized mass
m1*
T
*
M =
m2
m
3
Generalized stiffness
k1*
T
*
k2
K =
k
3
Generalized damping
Generalized force
c1*
T
*
c2
C =
c
3
f1* (t )
*
T
F(t ) = f2 (t )
f * (t )
3
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 20
&&
&
MU+CU+KU
= F(t )
U = Y
&& C Y+K
&
M Y+
Y = F(t )
m1*
m *2
&&
y1 c 1*
&&
y2 +
m 3* &&
y 3
c 2*
y& 1 k 1*
&
y2 +
c 3* y& 3
k 2*
y1 f1* (t )
*
y 2 = f2 (t )
k 3* y 3 f3* (t )
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 21
Mode 1
Mode 2
Mode 3
*
1 1
*
*
*
&&
&
m y +c1y1+k1y1 = f1 (t )
*
2 2
*
*
*
&&
&
m y +c2 y2 +k2 y2 = f2 (t )
*
3 3
*
*
*
&&
&
m y +c3 y3 +k3 y3 = f3 (t )
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 22
Mode 1
Mode 2
2
*
*
&&
&
y 2 + 222 y 2 + 2 y 2 = f2 (t ) / m2
Mode 3
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 23
&&r ,2 (t ) =
FI (t ) = M u&&g (t ) + u
u&& (t ) + u
&&
(
t
)
r ,3
g
&&r ,1(t )
u
1.0
&&
&&
M 1.0 ug (t ) + M ur ,2 (t )
1.0
u
&&
(
t
)
r ,3
Move to RHS as
FEFF (t ) = - M Ru&&g (t )
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 24
u1
u2
u3
u&&g (t )
m3 = 1
m1 = 2
m2 = 3
u1
u3
u2
u&&g (t )
F (t ) = MRu&&g (t )
*
M= 3
1
R = 1
1
1
2 + 1
M=
3 R= 1
0
1
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 25
&&g (t )
fi (t ) = MRu
*
For earthquakes:
T
i
fi (t )
MR
&&
y&&i + 2 i i y& i + y i =
u
=
g (t )
*
*
mi
mi
2
i
T
i
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 26
pi =
MR
T
i
*
i
Mi
T
i
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 27
p1 =1.4
p1 =1.6
1.0
1.0
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 28
mi = pi mi
2
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 29
m1 / M = 1.0
1.0
m1 / M= 0.9 m1 / M= 0.7
1.0
1.0
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 30
(continued)
SDOF system:
2
&&
&
qi + 2 i i qi + i qi = u&&g
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 31
y i (t ) = pi qi (t )
Recall
ui (t ) = i y i (t )
Substitute
ui (t ) = pi i qi (t )
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 32
Vi (t ) = Kui (t ) = Pi Ki qi (t )
Recall:
Ki = i Mi
2
Substitute:
Vi (t ) = Mi Pi i qi (t )
2
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 33
Acceleration in mode
Mi = MRPi
T
i
and
Vi = Mi qi (t )
2
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 34
i MR T
T
Mi = i MRPi = T
i Mi Pi
i Mi i
Mi = Pi mi
2
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 35
c1*
T
*
c2
C =
c3
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 36
MASS
PROPORTIONAL
DAMPER
STIFFNESS
PROPORTIONAL
DAMPER
C = M + K
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 37
C = M + K
For modal equations to be uncoupled:
Assumes
T M = I
2nn = Cn
T
n
2nn = +
2
n
1
n
n =
+
2n
2
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 38
m n
=2 2
2
n m
m m
n
1/ 1/
n
m n
C = M + K
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 39
4.94
14.6
25.9
39.2
52.8
0.15
TYPE
MASS
STIFFNESS
TOTAL
= 0.41487
= 0.00324
0.10
0.05
0.00
0
20
40
Frequency, Radians/Sec.
60
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 40
Modes
1&2
1&3
1&4
1&5
.36892
.41487
.43871
.45174
0.00513
0.00324
0.00227
0.00173
1,2
Proportionality factors
(5% each indicated mode)
MODES
1,3
1,4
1,5
0.10
0.05
0.00
0
20
40
60
Fequency, Radians/sec
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 41
Wilson Damping
*
2m1*11*
c1*
*
*
*
T
c2
2m222
C =
=
*
*
*
c3
2m333
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 42
211
2 22
T C =
2 n 1n 1
( )
=c
2 nn
T 1
c1 = C
n
T
C = M 2i i i i M
i =1
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 43
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
4.94
14.57
25.9
39.2
52.8
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 44
10
8
6
4.94
14.57
25.9
39.2
52.8
4
2
0
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 45
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 46
Force, V(t)
Vt2
Vt1
t0
Vt 2 Vt 2
=
t2 t1
t1
t2 t3
Time, t
Time
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 47
u1(t)
k1=60 k/in
m2=1.5 k-s2/in
u2(t)
Example 1
Assume Wilson
damping with 5%
critical in each mode.
k2=120 k/in
10 ft
u3(t)
m3=2.0 k-s2/in
10 ft
k3=180 k/in
N-S component of 1940 El Centro earthquake
Maximum acceleration = 0.35 g
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 48
Example 1 (continued)
Form property matrices:
m1=1.0 k-s2/in
u1(t)
k1=60 k/in
m2=1.5 k-s2/in
u2(t)
m3=2.0 k-s2/in
1.0
kip s2/in
M =
1.5
2.0
k2=120 k/in
u3(t)
k3=180 k/in
60
0
60
K = 60 180 120kip/in
0
120 300
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 49
Example 1 (continued)
Solve eigenvalue problem:
m1=1.0 k-s2/in
u1(t)
k1=60 k/in
m2=1.5 k-s2/in
u2(t)
m3=2.0 k-s2/in
k2=120 k/in
u3(t)
k3=180 k/in
K = M2
21.0
2
2
=
96.6
sec
212.4
1.000 1.000 1.000
= 0.644 0.601 2.57
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 50
vs
M = I
T
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 51
Example 1 (continued)
Mode Shapes and Periods of Vibration
MODE 1
= 4.58 rad/sec
T = 1.37 sec
MODE 2
= 9.83 rad/sec
T = 0.639 sec
MODE 3
= 14.57 rad/sec
T = 0.431 sec
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 52
Example 1 (continued)
m1=1.0 k-s2/in
u1(t)
k1=60 k/in
m2=1.5 k-s2/in
u2(t)
k2=120 k/in
m3=2.0 k-s2/in
u3(t)
k3=180 k/in
4.58
1.37
Tn = 0.639sec
0.431
2 . 455
kip sec 2 / in
23 . 10
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 53
Example 1 (continued)
m1=1.0 k-s2/in
u1(t)
k1=60 k/in
m2=1.5
k-s2/in
u2(t)
k2=120 k/in
m3=2.0 k-s2/in
u3(t)
k3=180 k/in
2.566
&&
*
Vn = 1.254 vg (t )
2.080
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 54
Example 1 (continued)
Write uncoupled (modal) equations of motion:
m1=1.0 k-s2/in
u1(t)
k1=60 k/in
m2=1.5 k-s2/in
u2(t)
k2=120 k/in
m3=2.0 k-s2/in
u3(t)
k3=180 k/in
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 55
Mode 1
Mode 2
Mode 3
Modal scaling
1 .4 2 5
1 .9 1 1
0 .5 1 1
0 .7 9 9
0 .0 9 0
0 .4 3 5
i,1 = 10
.
i Mi =10
.
T
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 56
1.000
0.744
using 1,1
=1
using T M
1
=1
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 57
Mn
Mn = Pn m
2
*
n
Mode 1
Mode 2
Mode 3
Accum%
3.66 81
81
0.64 14
95
0.20 5 100%
4.50 100%
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 58
Example 1 (continued)
Solving modal equation via NONLIN:
For Mode 1:
&y&1 + 211y&1 + 12 y1 = V1* (t ) / m1*
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 59
Example 1 (continued)
Modal Displacement Response Histories (from NONLIN)
6.00
3.00
T1 = 1.37 sec
0.00
-3.00
-6.00
0
MODE 1
10
11
12
2.00
1.00
T2 = 0.64
0.00
-1.00
-2.00
MODE 2
10
11
12
0.20
0.10
T3 = 0.43
0.00
-0.10
-0.20
MODE 3
10
Time, Seconds
11
12
Maxima
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 60
Example 1 (continued)
Modal Response Histories:
5
4
3
2
1
0
-1
-2
MODE 1
MODE 2
MODE 3
-3
-4
-5
0
10
12
Time, Seconds
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 61
Example 1 (continued)
u(t ) = y (t )
u1(t)
u2(t)
u3(t)
6
4
2
0
-2
-4
-6
0
10
11
12
10
11
12
10
11
12
6
4
2
0
-2
-4
-6
6
4
2
0
-2
-4
-6
0
Time, Seconds
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 62
Example 1 (continued)
Compute story shear response histories:
u1(t)
u2(t)
u3(t)
400
200
0
-200
-400
0
10
11
12
10
11
12
10
11
12
400
200
0
-200
-400
400
200
0
-200
-400
Time, Seconds
= k2[u2(t) - u3(t)]
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 63
Example 1 (continued)
Displacements and forces at time of maximum displacements
(t = 6.04 sec)
0
134.8 k
5.11
134.8
62.1 k
1348
2.86
196.9
1.22
23.5 k
3317
220.4
Story Shear (k)
5521
Story OTM (ft-k)
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 64
Example 1 (continued)
Displacements and forces at time of maximum shear
(t = 3.18 sec)
38.2 k
3.91
38.2
124.7 k
382
3.28
182.7 k
162.9
2111
1.92
345.6
Story Shear (k)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
5567
Story OTM (ft-k)
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 65
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 66
7.00
6.00
Modal response
5.00
4.00
3.47
3.00
2.00
1.00
0.00
0.00
3.04
1.20
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
Period, Seconds
Mode 3
T = 0.431 sec
Mode 2
T = 0.639 sec
Mode 1
T = 1.37 sec
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 67
Example 1 (continued)
Spectral Displacement, Inches
7.00
6.00
5.00
4.00
3.47
3.00
3.04
2.00
1.20
1.00
0.00
0.00
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
Period, Seconds
Modal Maxima
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 68
Example 1 (continued)
7.00
6.00
5.00
3.47x 1.425
4.00
3.00
3.04 x 0.511
2.00
1.20 x 0.090
1.00
0.00
0.00
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
Period, Seconds
6.00
Mode 1
T = 1.37
3.00
0.00
-3.00
-6.00
0
10
11
12
10
11
12
10
11
12
2.00
Mode 2
T = 0.64
1.00
0.00
-1.00
-2.00
0.20
Mode 3
T = 0.43
0.10
0.00
-0.10
-0.20
Time, Seconds
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 69
Example 1 (continued)
Computing Nonconcurrent Story Displacements
Mode 1
1.000
4.940
=
0.644
4.940
3.181
0.300
1.482
Mode 2
1.000
1.550
0.601
1.550
0.931
0.676
1.048
Mode 3
0.108
1.000
2.5700.108 = 0.278
0.267
2.470
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 70
Example 1 (continued)
Modal Combination Techniques (for Displacement)
Sum of Absolute Values:
Exact
5.15
5.18
2
2
2
3.181 + 0.931 + 0.278 = 3.33
2
2
2 1.84
2.86
1.22
Envelope of story displacement
5.15
3.18
1.93
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 71
Example 1 (continued)
Computing Interstory Drifts
Mode 1
1.482 0 1.482
Mode 2
1.550(0.931) 2.481
0
.
117
0
.
931
(
1
.
048
)
1.0480 1.048
Mode 3
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 72
Example 1 (continued)
Computing Interstory Shears (Using Drift)
Mode 1
1.759(60) 105.5
1.699(120) = 203.9
1.482(180) 266.8
Mode 2
2.481(60) 148.9
=
0.117(120)
14.0
1.048(180) 188.6
Mode 3
0.386(60) 23.2
0.545(120)
65.4
0.267(180) 48.1
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 73
Example 1 (continued)
Computing Interstory Shears: SRSS Combination
106 2 + 149 2 + 23.22 220
2
2
2
+
+
215
=
204
14
65
.
4
267 2 + 189 2 + 48.12 331
Exact
Exact
Exact
38.2
163
346
135
197
220
207
203
346
At time of
max. shear
At time of max.
displacement
Envelope = maximum
per story
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 74
Caution:
Do NOT compute story shears from the story
drifts derived from the SRSS of the story
displacements.
Calculate the story shears in each mode
(using modal drifts) and then SRSS
the results.
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 75
4
3
2
1
0
-1
-2
MODE 1
MODE 2
MODE 3
-3
-4
-5
0
10
12
Time, Seconds
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 76
u(t ) = [1 2 3 ]y (t )
Transformation:
3 x nt
3x3
3 x nt
3 x nt
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 77
y
(
t
1)
y
(
t
2)
y
(
t
3)
y
(
t
4)
y
(
t
5)
y
(
t
6)
y
(
t
7)
y
(
t
8)
....
y
(
tn
)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
u(t ) = 1 2 y (t )
Transformation:
3 x nt
3x2
2 x nt
3 x nt
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 78
6.49
4.112
2.53
5.18
2
2
2
3.181 + 0.931 + 0.278 = 3.33
2
2
2 1.84
5.18
3.31
1.82
At time of maximum
displacement
Exact:
5.15
2.86
1.22
3 modes 2 modes
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 79
u1(t)
k1=150 k/in
m2=2.5 k-s2/in
u2(t)
Example 2
Assume Wilson
damping with 5%
critical in each mode.
k2=150 k/in
10 ft
u3(t)
m3=2.5 k-s2/in
10 ft
k3=150 k/in
N-S component of 1940 El Centro earthquake
Maximum acceleration = 0.35 g
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 80
Example 2 (continued)
Form property matrices:
m1=2.5 k-s2/in
u1(t)
k1=150 k/in
m2=2.5 k-s2/in
u2(t)
m3=2.5 k-s2/in
2.5
kip s2/in
M =
2.5
2.5
k2=150 k/in
u3(t)
k3=150 k/in
0
150 150
K = 150 300 150 kip/in
0
150 300
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 81
Example 2 (continued)
Solve = eigenvalue problem:
m1=2.5 k-s2/in
u1(t)
k1=150 k/in
m2=2.5 k-s2/in
u2(t)
m3=2.5 k-s2/in
k2=150 k/in
u3(t)
k3=150 k/in
K = M2
11.9
2
2
=
93.3
sec
194.8
1.000 1.000 1.000
= 0.802 0.555 2.247
0.445 1.247 1.802
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 82
M = I
T
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 83
Example 2 (continued)
Mode Shapes and Periods of Vibration
Mode 1
= 3.44 rad/sec
T = 1.82 sec
Mode 2
= 9.66 rad/sec
T = 0.65 sec
Mode 3
= 13.96 rad/sec
T = 0.45 sec
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 84
Example 2 (continued)
m1=2.5 k-s2/in
u1(t)
k1=150 k/in
m2=2.5 k-s2/in
u2(t)
k2=150 k/in
m3=2.5 k-s2/in
u3(t)
k3=150 k/in
3.44
1.82
Tn = 0.65sec
0.45
7 .1 5 8
k ip se c 2 / in
2 3 .2 4 1
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 85
Example 2 (continued)
m1=2.5 k-s2/in
m2=2.5
k-s2/in
u1(t)
k1=150 k/in
V * (t ) = T MR v&&g (t )
u2(t)
k2=150 k/in
m3=2.5 k-s2/in
u3(t)
k3=150 k/in
5.617
&&
*
Vn = 2.005 vg (t )
1.388
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 86
Example 2 (continued)
Write uncoupled (modal) equations of motion:
m1=2.5 k-s2/in
u1(t)
m2=2.5 k-s2/in
k1=150 k/in
u2(t)
k2=150 k/in
m3=2.5 k-s2/in
u3(t)
k3=150 k/in
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 87
Mode 1 1 .2 2 2 .6 1 5
Mode 2 0 .2 8
0 .7 4 8
Mode 3 0 .0 6 0 0 .2 8 7
Modal scaling
i,1 = 10
.
i Mi =10
.
T
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 88
Mn
Mn = Pn mn
2
% Accum%
Mode 1 6.856 91.40 91.40
Mode 2 0.562 7.50 98.90
Mode 3 0.083 1.10
100.0
7.50 100%
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 89
Example 2 (continued)
Solving modal equation via NONLIN:
For Mode 1:
&y&1 + 211y&1 + 12 y1 = V1* (t ) / m1*
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 90
Example 2 (continued)
Modal Displacement Response Histories (from NONLIN)
10.00
5.00
T=1.82
0.00
-5.00
-10.00
0
Mode 1
10
11
12
1.00
0.50
T=0.65
0.00
-0.50
Mode 2
-1.00
0
10
11
12
0.15
0.10
0.05
0.00
T=0.45
-0.05
-0.10
Mode 3
10
11
12
Maxima
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 91
Example 2 (continued)
Modal Response Histories
8
MODE 1
MODE 2
MODE 3
6
4
2
0
-2
-4
-6
-8
0
10
12
Time, Seconds
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 92
Example 2 (continued)
Compute story displacement response histories:
u1(t)
u2(t)
u3(t)
u(t ) = y (t )
8.00
6.00
4.00
2.00
0.00
-2.00
-4.00
-6.00
-8.00
0
10
11
12
10
11
12
10
11
12
8.00
6.00
4.00
2.00
0.00
-2.00
-4.00
-6.00
-8.00
8.00
6.00
4.00
2.00
0.00
-2.00
-4.00
-6.00
-8.00
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 93
Example 2 (continued)
Compute story shear response histories:
u1(t)
u2(t)
u3(t)
600.00
400.00
200.00
0.00
-200.00
-400.00
-600.00
0
10
11
12
10
11
12
10
11
12
600.00
400.00
200.00
0.00
-200.00
-400.00
-600.00
600.00
400.00
200.00
0.00
-200.00
-400.00
-600.00
Time, Seconds
=k2[u2(t)-u3(t)]
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 94
Example 2 (continued)
Displacements and Forces at time of Maximum Displacements
(t = 8.96 seconds)
0
222.2 k
6.935
222.2
175.9 k
2222
5.454
398.1
21.9 k
6203
2.800
420.0
Story Shear (k)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
10403
Story OTM (ft-k)
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 95
Example 2 (continued)
Displacements and Forces at Time of Maximum Shear
(t = 6.26 sec)
130.10 k
6.44
130.10
180.45 k
1301
5.57
215.10 k
310.55
4406
3.50
525.65
Story Shear (k)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
9663
Story OTM (ft-k)
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 96
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 97
7.00
MODAL RESPONSE
6.00
5.71
5.00
4.00
3.02
3.00
2.00
1.57
1.00
0.00
0.00
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
Period, Seconds
Mode 2
T = 0.65 sec
Mode 1
T = 1.82 sec
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 98
Mode 3
T = 0.45 sec
Example 2 (continued)
Spectral Displacement, Inches
7.00
6.00
5.71
5.00
4.00
3.02
3.00
2.00
1.00
1.57
0.00
0.00
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
Period, Seconds
Modal Maxima
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 99
S p e c tra l D is p la c e m e n t, In c h e s
7.00
6.00
Example 2 (continued)
5.71 x 1.22
in.
5.00
4.00
3.00
2.00 1.57 x 0.06 in.
1.00
0.00
0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00
Period, Seconds
Mode 1
T = 1.82
-5.00
-10.00
0
10
11
12
1.00
0.50
Mode 2
T = 0.65
0.00
-0.50
-1.00
0
10
10
11
12
0.15
Mode 3
T = 0.45
0.10
0.05
0.00
-0.05
-0.10
0
11
12
Example 2 (continued)
Computing Nonconcurrent Story Displacements
Mode 1
1.000
6.966
0.802
6.966
5.586
=
0.445
3.100
Mode 2
1.000
0.845
0.555
0.845
0.469
1.247
1.053
Mode 3
1.000
0.094
Example 2 (continued)
Modal Combination Techniques (For Displacement)
Sum of absolute values:
Exact
6.935
5.454
2.800
Envelope of story displacement
7.02
2
2
2
5.586 + 0.469 + 0.211 = 5.61
2
2
2 3.28
6.935
5.675
2.965
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 102
Example 2 (continued)
Computing Interstory Drifts
Mode 1
3.100 0 3.100
Mode 2
0.469
(
1.053)
0.584
1.053 0 1.053
Mode 3
Example 2 (continued)
Computing Interstory Shears (Using Drift)
Mode 1
1.380(150) 207.0
2.486(150) = 372.9
3.100(150) 465.0
Mode 2
1.314(150) 197.1
0.584(150)
87.6
=
1.053(150) 157.9
Mode 3
0.319(150) 47.9
0.380(150)
57.0
0.169(150) 25.4
Example 2 (continued)
Computing Interstory Shears: SRSS Combination
2072 + 197.12 + 47.92
289.81
2
2
2
+
+
=
372.9
87.6
57
387.27
491.73
2
2
2
Exact
Exact
130.1
310.5
525.7
222.2
398.1
420.0
304.0
398.5
525.7
At time of
max. shear
At time of max.
displacement
Envelope = maximum
per story
T1
Period, sec
W
= Sa1W
VB = (Sa1g )M = (Sa1g )
g
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Wx
hx
fx
hx
2 Wx
fx (t ) = d r (t )1
h
g
VB (t ) =
nstories
i =1
d r (t )12
fi (t ) =
hg
nstories
i =1
hiWi
fx (t )
=
VB (t )
hxWx
nstories
i =1
hiWi
m2=1.5
k1=60 k/in
k2=120 k/in
3h
m3=2.0
Recall
T1 = 1.37 sec
k3=180 k/in
7.00
6.00
5.00
4.00
3.47 in.
3.00
2.00
1.00
1.37sec
0.00
0.00
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
Period, Seconds
W=386 k
W=579 k
3h
W=722 k
125 k
125 k
(220 k)
125 k
250 k
(215 k)
77 k
327 k
(331 k)
327 k
Story Shear (k)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Time History
(Envelope)
5.15
3.18
1.93
Modal Response
Spectrum
5.18
3.33
1.84
ELF
5.98
3.89
1.82
1st Mode
=
2nd Mode
Combined
MDOF Dynamics 4 - 115
Ta = Ct h
x
n
Ta = 0.1N
For moment frames < 12 stories in height, minimum
story height of 10 feet. N = number of stories.
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
T = TaCu Tcomputed
SD1
> 0.40g
0.30g
0.20g
0.15g
< 0.1g
Cu
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
Spectral Response
Acceleration, Sa
V = CSW
SDS
Short
period
acceleration
1
SD1
Long period
acceleration
T = 0.2
T = 1.0
SDS
CS =
R
I
SD1
CS =
R
T
I
Varies
Period, T
Fx = CvxV
Cvx =
k
x
wxh
n
w h
i =1
k
i
2.5
Period, sec
k=2
k=1
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
T = 1.37 sec
W = 386k
146 k
(125 k)
146 k
W = 579k
120 k
(125 k)
266 k
3h
W = 722k
61 k
(77 k)
327 k
327 k
Story Shear (k)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Deterministic procedures
Probabilistic procedures
USGS hazard maps
2003 NEHRP Provisions design maps
Site amplification
NEHRP Provisions response spectrum
UBC response spectrum
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Hazard vs Risk
Seismic hazard analysis
describes the potential for dangerous,
earthquake-related natural phenomena
such as ground shaking, fault rupture,
or soil liquefaction.
(1) Sources
Site
F1
Balcones
Fault
Fixed distance R
Fixed magnitude M
Area
Source
Magnitude M
Distance
Source Types
Fault
Fault
Site
Fault
Localizing
structure
Area
Source
Seismotectonic
province
Source Types
Localizing structure: An identifiable geological
structure that is assumed to generate or localize
earthquakes. This is generally a concentration of
known or unknown active faults.
Seismotectonic province: A region where there
is a known seismic hazard but where there are no
identifiable active faults or localizing structures.
Maximum Earthquake
Maximum possible earthquake:
An upper bound to
size (however unlikely) determined by earthquake processes (e.g.,
maximum seismic moment).
The maximum
reasonable earthquake size based on earthquake processes (but
does not imply likely occurrence).
Described
later.
Reasons:
Geometric spreading
Absorption (damping)
Distance
ln Y = ln b1 + f1 ( M ) + ln f 2 ( R ) + ln f 3 ( M , R ) + ln f 4 ( Pi ) + ln
f1 ( M ) Function of magnitude
f 2 ( R) Function of distance
C1
-0.624
0.110
0.275
0.153
-0.057
-0.298
-0.588
-1.208
-1.705
-2.407
-2.945
-3.700
-4.230
C2
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
C3
0.000
0.006
0.006
-0.004
-0.017
-0.028
-0.040
-0.050
-0.055
-0.065
-0.070
-0.080
-0.100
C4
-2.100
-2.128
-2.148
-2.080
-2.028
-1.990
-1.945
-1.865
-1.800
-1.725
-1.670
-1.610
-1.570
C5
1.296
1.296
1.296
1.296
1.296
1.296
1.296
1.296
1.296
1.296
1.296
1.296
1.296
C6
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
C7
0.000
-0.082
-0.041
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
Magnitude
0.1
4
5
6
7
8
0.01
0.001
1
10
100
1000
Distance, KM
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
10
Magnitude
1
4
5
6
7
8
0.1
0.01
0.001
10
Magnitude
1
4
5
6
7
8
0.1
0.01
0.001
1
10
100
1000
Distance, KM
10
100
1000
Distance, KM
Source 1
D1
Site
Source M
1
2
3
7.3
7.7
5.0
D
PGA
(km) (g)
23.7 0.42
25.0 0.57
60.0 0.02
Maximum on source
Closest distance
From attenuation relationship
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
F1
Balcones
Fault
Area
Source
(2) Recurrence
(1) Sources
Magnitude M
M3
Distance
M2
Probability of Exceedance
Peak Acceleration
Empirical Gutenberg-Richter
Recurrence Relationship
1000
log m = a bm
100
10
1
0.1
= mean rate of
recurrence
(events/year)
1 / m =
0.01
return period
0.001
0.0001
0
Magnitude
10
Bounded vs Unbounded
Recurrence Relationship
Mean Annual Rate of Exceedance
1000
Unbounded
Bounded
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.0001
0.00001
0.000001
0
10
Magnitude
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Uncertainties Included in
Probabilistic Analysis
Attenuation laws
Recurrence relationship
Distance to site
NS NM NR
y* = vi P[Y > y * m j , rk ] P[ M = m j ] P[ R = rk ]
i =1 j =1 k =1
D2=?
D1=?
Source 1
Source 3
Site
M3=?
A3=?
Source 1
Site
Source 2
M2=?
A2=?
M1=?
A1=?
Source 1
Site
Source 2
Source 3
10-2
10-3
Source 2
10-4
10-5
Source 1
Source 3
10-6
10-7
10-8
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
2475
1000
474
100
2%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
10
1
0
20
40
50
60
80
100
Acceleration, g
0.8
0.6
10% in 50 year
elastic response
spectrum
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
0.4
PGA=0.33g
0.2
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
Period, T (sec)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Acceleration, g
0.8
0.6
10% in 50 year
Elastic Response
Spectrum
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
PGA = 0.55g
0.2
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
Period, T (sec)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Acceleration, g
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
Period, T (sec)
Large distant
earthquake
Small nearby
earthquake
Period
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Probabilistic vs Deterministic
Seismic Hazard Analysis
The deterministic approach provides a clear and
trackable method of computing seismic hazard whose
assumptions are easily discerned. It provides
understandable scenarios that can be related to the
problem at hand.
However, it has no way for accounting for uncertainty.
Conclusions based on deterministic analysis can easily
be upset by the occurrence of new earthquakes.
Probabilistic vs Deterministic
Seismic Hazard Analysis
The probabilistic approach is capable of integrating
a wide range of information and uncertainties into
a flexible framework.
Unfortunately, its highly integrated framework can
obscure those elements which drive the results, and its
highly quantitative nature can lead to false impressions
of accuracy.
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
0
0.5
1.5
2.5
Period (sec)
2% in 50 years
HAZARD MAP
10% in 50 years
RESPONSE SPECTRA
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
0
0.5
1.5
2.5
Period (sec)
2% in 50 years
10% in 50 years
2.0
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0
0.5
1.5
2.5
Period (sec)
2% in 50 years
10% in 50 years
http://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazmaps/
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
PGA
0.2 sec SA
0.3 sec SA
1.0 sec SA
10%PE in 50 yr
3.299764
7.728900
6.178438
2.334019
5%PE in 50 yr
5.207589
11.917400
9.507714
3.601994
2%PE in 50 yr
9.642159
19.921591
16.133711
5.879917
Deterministic Cap
Applies only where probabilistic values exceed
highest design values from old (Algermissen and Perkins)
maps.
The deterministic procedure for mapping applies:
For known active faults
Uses characteristic largest earthquake on fault
Uses 150% of value from median attenuation
Use deterministic value if lower than 2% in 50 year value
Spectral Acceleration, g.
1.00
Ss = 0.75g
0.80
Curve is S1/T
0.60
S1 = 0.30g
0.40
Constant
displacement
region beyond
transition
period TL
0.20
PGA
0.00
Not mapped
Period, sec.
Acceleration
Sand
Shale
Rock
A
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Very dense soil or soft rock: 1200 < vs < 2500 ft/sec
Site-specific requirements
Site Class
A
B
C
D
E
2.00
1.50
1.00
0.50
0.00
0.00
4.00
Site Class
A
B
C
D
E
3.50
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
Amplification Fv
Amplification Fa
2.50
3.00
2.50
2.00
1.50
1.00
0.50
0.00
0.00
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
Spectral Acceleration, g.
1.05
0.84
Basic
0.63
0.42
0.21
Site Amplified
0.00
0
Period, sec.
Site Amplified
0.80
Basic
0.60
0.40
0.20
Scaled
0.00
0
Period, sec.
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
0
0.5
1.5
2.5
Period (sec)
2% in 50 years
10% in 50 years
2/3 of 2% in 50 years
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
0
0.5
1.5
2.5
Period (sec)
2% in 50 years
10% in 50 years
2/3 of 2% in 50 years
2% in 50 Year 5% Damped
Inelastic Design Spectra (R=6, I=1)
Site Class D
Spectral Acceleration, g.
1.00
Site Amplified
0.80
0.60
Basic
Scaled
0.40
0.20
0.00
0
Period, sec.
Towards
Away
units of gravity
SS for spectral response acceleration at 0.2 sec
S1 for spectral response acceleration at 1.0 sec
Shortcut to Seismic Design Category A:
SS < 0.15 and S1 < 0.04
CD vs Internet
Internet
CD
Both sources give the same answers
Both sources have a similar user
interface
The graphics are somewhat different
Installation
Installation Caution
Opening Screen
Analysis Options
IBC Option
User Aids
Calculate SS AND S1
Location By Zipcode
Calculate SM Spectrum
Calculate SD Spectrum
Graphic Options
Map Spectrum: Sa - T
All Spectra: Sa - T
Return Period
Single Values
Deaggregation
Deaggregation Olympia,
Washington
UFC 3-310-1
What is GSHAP?
INELASTIC BEHAVIOR OF
MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 1
Inelastic Behavior of
Materials and Structures
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 2
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 3
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 4
u
y
u
=
y
y
Strain
u
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 5
0.005
0.010
0.015
0.020
0.025
Strain, in/in
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 6
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 7
6
4
Confined
2
Unconfined
0
0.002
0.004
0.006
0.008
0.010
Strain, in/in
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 8
Concrete Confinement
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 9
Unconfined
Confined
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 10
Benefits of Confinement
Spiral Confinement
Virtually NO Confinement
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 11
Stress
Moment
ELASTIC
y
Strain
y
Stress
My
Moment
INELASTIC
Mu
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 12
Mu
My
u
=
y
y
NOTE:
Curvature
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 13
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 14
Mu
My
Moment
Area y
u
Curvature
Area u
LP
ELASTIC
INELASTIC
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 15
Mu
My
u
=
y
y
NOTE:
Rotation
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 16
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 17
Force
u
=
y
Note:
Displacement
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 18
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 19
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 20
Time
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 21
Displacement
Transducer
(Controls )
+
Moment Arm L
7
5
3
Time
2
4
6
Hydraulic
Ram
Records (F)
Load Cell
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 22
Force
Displacement
Transducer
(Controls )
Moment Arm L
Deformation
Hydraulic
Ram
Records (F)
Measured Hysteretic
Behavior
Load Cell
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 23
Hysteretic Behavior
Force
Force
Deformation
ROBUST
(Excellent)
Deformation
PINCHED
(Good)
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 24
Hysteretic Behavior
Force
Force
Deformation
Deformation
BRITTLE
Unacceptable
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 25
Hysteretic Behavior
AREA=
Energy Dissipated
Force
Force
Deformation
ROBUST
Deformation
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 26
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 27
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 28
62.5
90
120
Wind:
100 mph Exposure C
Earthquake:
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 29
Wind:
100 mph fastest
Exposure C
62.5
90
120
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 30
Earthquake:
Building weight, W =
120*90*62.5*8/1000 = 5400
kips
62.5
VEQ = CSW
90
120
0.48
S D1
CS =
=
= 0.480
. (10
. / 10
. )
T ( R / I ) 10
Total ELASTIC earthquake force (in each direction):
VEQ = 0.480*5400 = 2592 kips
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 31
VEQ
2592
=
= 8.5
VW 90
304
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 32
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 33
Force, kips
Actual
600
Idealized
400
200
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
Displacement, inches
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 34
600
Fy=500 k
K2=11 k/in
400
200
K1=550 k/in
1.0
2.0
4.0
5.0
Displacement, in.
0 .6
Acceleration, g
3.0
0 .4
0 .2
0
-0 .2
-0 .4
-0 .6
0
10
12
14
16
18
20
T im e , S e c o n d s
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 35
Maximum
shear force:
542 k
Number of
yield events:
15
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 36
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 37
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 38
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 39
FEMA 273
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 40
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 41
Elastic = 5.77
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
6
5
4
Inelastic
3
2
1
Elastic
0
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 42
3500
3500
3000
3000
2500
2500
Force, Kips
Force, Kips
ACTUAL BEHAVIOR
2000
1500
1000
2000
1500
1000
500
500
0
0
4
Displacement, Inches
Displacement, inches
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 43
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 44
Elastic
Force, Kips
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
Inelastic
500
0
0
5.77 6
Displacement, inches
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 45
Elastic
Force, Kips
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
Inelastic
500
0
0 d =0.91 2
y
4 du=5.77 6
Displacement, inches
5.77
= 6.34
0.91
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 46
3500
FE
Force, Kips
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
FI
500
0
0
dR
dI 6
Displacement, inches
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 47
ASCE 7 Approach
Use basic elastic spectrum but, for strength,
divide all pseudoacceleration values by R,
a response modification factor that accounts for:
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 48
Ductility/Overstrength
FIRST SIGNIFICANT YIELD
First
Significant
Yield
Force
Design
Strength
Displacement
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 49
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 50
Overstrength (1)
Force
Design
Strength
Displacement
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 51
Overstrength (2)
Force
Design
Strength
Displacement
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 52
Overstrength (3)
Force
Apparent
Strength
Overstrength
Design
Strength
Displacement
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 53
Sources of Overstrength
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 54
Apparent Strength
Design Strength
Force
Apparent Strength
Overstrength
Design Strength
Displacement
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 55
Displacement
Elastic
Displacement
Demand
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 56
Force
Elastic
Strength
Demand
Apparent
Strength
Design
Strength
Strength
Demand
Reduction due
To Ductility
Overstrength
Elastic Displacement
Displacement
Demand
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 57
Ductility Reduction Rd =
Apparent Strength
Design Strength
Elastic Strength Demand
Apparent Strength
= Rd
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 58
x Design Strength
Reduced (Design) Strength
Displacement
ANALYSIS DOMAIN
Elastic
Displacement
Demand
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 59
Apparent Strength
Design Strength
Computed Design
Displacement
Demand D
Actual Inelastic
Displacement
Demand I
Elastic
Displacement
Demand E
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 60
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 61
Rd
Cd
8
4.5
3.5
3
3
3
2.67
1.50
1.17
5.5
4.0
3.0
8
7
2
2
4.00
3.50
4.0
4.0
6
3.25
2
2
3.00
1.25
5.0
3.25
Not Detailed
1.00
3.0
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 62
Rd
Cd
8
5
3
3
3
3
2.67
1.67
1.00
5.5
4.5
2.5
5
4
2
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.00
1.60
0.80
0.60
5.0
4.0
2.0
1.5
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 63
SDS=1.0g
SDS
CS =
R/ I
S D1
CS =
T(R / I )
Acceleration, g
1.0
SD1=0.48g
R=1
0.8
R=2
R=3
R=4
R=6
R=8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0
Period, Seconds
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 64
R=1
1.0
R=4
0.8
0.6
V=0.15W
0.4
0.15
0.2
0.0
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
Period, Seconds
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 65
R=1
R=4
20
(R=4)*Cd
15
Cd=3.5
10
5
0
0
Period, Seconds
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 66
INELASTIC = Cd REDUCEDELASTIC
25
Displacement,inches.
R=1
R=4
20
(R=4)*Cd
15
Cd = 3.5
10
5
0
0
Period, Seconds
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 67
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 68
FE
y
FI
FE
FE2
y = 0.5 y
EE = 0.5FE
FI
FI
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 69
FI
EI
y
EI = FI u 0.5FI y = FI y ( 0.5 )
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 70
FE
= 2 1
FI
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 71
Elastic:
FE
FI =
2 1
Inelastic:
10
FI =
FE
EqualDisp.
Equal Energy
Transition
0.1
0.01
0.1
1
Period, Seconds
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
10
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 72
Newmarks
Inelastic Design Response Spectrum
To obtain inelastic displacement spectrum,
multiply the spectrum shown in previous
slide by (for all periods).
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 73
Disp.
Accel.
10
0.1
0.01
0.1
1
Period, Seconds
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
10
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 74
Cs
Period, T
Note: FEMA 273 has explicit modifications for computing target
at low periods.
Inelastic Behaviors 6 - 75
Design Concepts 7 - 1
Design Concepts 7 - 2
Design Concepts 7 - 3
Design Concepts 7 - 4
Design Concepts 7 - 5
Pressure
Factored 50 yr wind
Unfactored 50 yr wind
10 yr wind
First significant
yield
Design Concepts 7 - 6
Design Concepts 7 - 7
Ground Disp.
Factored seismic
elastic strength
demand
Factored wind
G
F
Design Concepts 7 - 8
Ground Disp.
Loading
G
F
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Design Concepts 7 - 9
Ground Disp.
Unloading
Deformation
reversal
G
F
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Design Concepts 7 - 10
Ground Disp.
Reloading
G
F
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Design Concepts 7 - 11
Definition of Ductility,
Stress or force or moment
u
=
y
Strain
or displacement
or rotation
Hysteresis
curve
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Design Concepts 7 - 12
Strain
or displacement
or rotation
Design Concepts 7 - 13
Demand Supply
Demand Supplied
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Design Concepts 7 - 14
Design Concepts 7 - 15
Hysteretic energy
Design Concepts 7 - 16
max
EH
+ 0.15
Damage =
Fy ult
ult
Yielding is necessary for affordable design.
Yielding causes hysteretic energy dissipation.
Hysteretic energy dissipation causes damage.
Therefore, damage
is necessary for
affordable design
Design Concepts 7 - 17
Design Concepts 7 - 18
Design Philosophies
New Buildings (FEMA 450, IBC 2003, ASCE 7-05)
Force-based approach
Single event (2/3 of 2% in 50 year earthquake)
Single performance objective (life safety)
Simple global acceptance criteria (drift)
Linear analysis
Existing Buildings (ATC40, FEMA 273)
Displacement-based approach
Multiple events
Multiple performance objectives
Detailed local and global acceptance criteria
Nonlinear analysis
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Design Concepts 7 - 19
Nonstructural
Combined
(A) OPERATIONAL
(1-A) OPERATIONAL
(B) IMMEDIATE
OCCUPANCY
(1-B) IMMEDIATE
OCCUPANCY
(D) HAZARDS
REDUCED
(5-D) HAZARDS
REDUCED
Design Concepts 7 - 20
Probability
MRI
Frequency
50%-50 year
72 years
Frequent
20%-50 year
225 years
Occasional
474 years
Rare
2475 years
Very rare
Design Concepts 7 - 21
2475 year
Collapse Prev.
474 year
Life Safety
225 year
Operational
72 year
Immediate Occ.
Earthquake
Performance Level
a
e
i
m
b
f
j
n
c
g
k
o
d
h
l
p
Basic Safety
Objective is
design for k and
p.
Design Concepts 7 - 22
474 year
2475 year
5000 year
a
e
i
m
b
f
j
n
c
g
k
o
Collapse Prev.
Life Safety
225 year
Operational
Earthquake
72 year
Immediate Occ.
Performance Level
d
h
l
p
x
Enhanced Safety
Objective is
designed for j , o ,
and x.
Design Concepts 7 - 23
Develop Concept
Select Structural System
Establish Performance Objectives
Estimate External Seismic Forces
Estimate Internal Seismic Forces (Linear Analysis)
Proportion Components
Evaluate Performance (Linear or Nonlinear Analysis)
Final Detailing
Quality Assurance
Design Concepts 7 - 24
Definitions
Inherent Capacity: That capacity provided by the
gravity system or by gravity plus wind.
Design Concepts 7 - 25
Affordable
Capacity
Yield
Deformation
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Deformation
Demand
Design Concepts 7 - 26
Ductility demand =
Elastic
seismic
demand
Affordable
capacity
Yield
deformation
Deformation
demand
Design Concepts 7 - 27
Design Concepts 7 - 28
Elastic demand
California
Boston
Austin
Affordable
strength
1.0Y 1.8Y
3.0Y
5.0Y
Design Concepts 7 - 29
Limitation
The ductility demand cannot exceed the ductility supply.
Moment Frame Ductility Supply
Ordinary detailing
Intermediate detailing
Special detailing
1.5
2.5
5.0
Design Concepts 7 - 30
1.0
Normalized Shear
No special detailing
required
Design
Elastic
Expected
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
Normalized Displacement
Advantages:
Architectural simplicity, low detailing cost
Disadvantages:
Higher base shear, highly restricted use
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Design Concepts 7 - 31
1.0
Normalized Shear
DETAILING REQUIREMENTS:
Continuous top and bottom
reinforcement
Special requirements for shear
strength
Special detailing in critical regions
Design
Elastic
Expected
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
Normalized Displacement
Advantages:
Architectural simplicity, relatively low base shear,
less congested reinforcement
Disadvantages:
Restricted use
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Design Concepts 7 - 32
1.0
Normalized Shear
DETAILING REQUIREMENTS
Restrictions on steel grades
Continuous top & bottom reinforcement
Joint shear strength requirements
Strong column - weak beam
Use of maximum probable strength
Closely spaced ties in critical regions
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
Normalized Displacement
Advantages:
Architectural simplicity, relatively low base shear
Disadvantages:
Drift control, congested reinforcement
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Design Concepts 7 - 33
Design Concepts 7 - 34
Design Concepts 7 - 35
Design Concepts 7 - 36
Essential Facilities:
How To Provide More Protection?
Ductility demand =
Design Concepts 7 - 37
Critical facility
AP x affordable strength
Regular building
Affordable strength
uy
AP x uy
umax
Deformation
Design Concepts 7 - 38
Design Concepts 7 - 39
max
EH
Damage =
+ 0.15
ult
AP Fy ult
Design Concepts 7 - 40
System Concepts
Optimal performance achieved by:
Design Concepts 7 - 41
Plan
Elevation
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Design Concepts 7 - 42
System A
System B
Design Concepts 7 - 43
++
+
System A
System B
Design Concepts 7 - 44
Deformation
Design Concepts 7 - 45
Hinge sequence
Force
Deformation
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Design Concepts 7 - 46
Distributed
Simultaneous
Deformation
Simultaneous: Less apparent overstrength
Less post-yield stability
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Design Concepts 7 - 47
1.0
Normalized Shear
DETAILING REQUIREMENTS
Restrictions on steel grades
Continuous top & bottom reinforcement
Joint shear strength requirements
Strong column - weak beam
Use of maximum probable strength
Closely spaced ties in critical regions
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
Normalized Displacement
Advantages:
Architectural simplicity, relatively low base shear
Disadvantages:
Drift control, congested reinforcement
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Design Concepts 7 - 48
Force
Deformation
Design Concepts 7 - 49
Design Concepts 7 - 50
Design Concepts 7 - 51
Vdesign = 2Mp/L
L
Vactual = 2Mp/L
Masonry wall
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Design Concepts 7 - 52
Design Concepts 7 - 53
Design Concepts 7 - 54
Design Concepts 7 - 55
Structurally: Improved
Architecturally Dubious
Design Concepts 7 - 56
Design Concepts 7 - 57
Design Concepts 7 - 58
Develop Concept
Select Structural System
Establish Performance Objectives
Estimate External Seismic Forces
Estimate Internal Seismic Forces (Linear Analysis)
Proportion Components
Evaluate Performance (Linear or Nonlinear Analysis)
Final Detailing
Quality Assurance
Design Concepts 7 - 59
Structural Analysis
In the context of the NEHRP Recommended Provisions,
the purpose of structural analysis is to estimate:
1. The forces required to proportion members
2. Global deformations (e.g., story drift)
What kind of analysis to use?
Equivalent lateral force (ELF) analysis
Modal response spectrum (MRS) analysis
Linear time history (LTH) analysis
Nonlinear static pushover (NSP) analysis
Nonlinear dynamic time history (NTH) analysis
Design Concepts 7 - 60
Structural Analysis
The analysis must be good enough for design.
There should be no expectation that the analysis can
predict actual response (linear or nonlinear)
ELF: Good enough for preliminary design but not final design
MRS: Good enough for design
LTH: Not significantly better than MRS
NSP: The Jury is deliberating
NTH: The best choice for predicting local deformation demands
(Note: NTH is not required by NEHRP Recommended Provisions or
IBC.)
Design Concepts 7 - 61
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ELF
MRS
LTH
NSP
NTH
ANALYSIS METHOD
Design Concepts 7 - 62
Design Concepts 7 - 63
INTRODUCTION
Development of the
NEHRP Recommended
Provisions
Introduction to NEHRP 8a - 1
NATIONAL
EARTHQUAKE
HAZARDS
REDUCTION
PROGRAM
Introduction to NEHRP 8a - 2
Damage to
Olive View
Hospital
Stair tower
separated
from building
Near collapse
in second
story
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Introduction to NEHRP 8a - 3
Introduction to NEHRP 8a - 4
Creation of NEHRP
Construction
Model codes
Plus response, recovery, and many
other concerns
Introduction to NEHRP 8a - 5
Introduction to NEHRP 8a - 6
ATC-3 Report
1978 Publication of
ATC / NSF / NBS
New approaches:
Nationwide
Probabilistic
Inelastic behavior
Strength level
Nonstructural
Existing Buildings
Introduction to NEHRP 8a - 7
DEAD
LIVE
WIND
REINFORCED
CONCRETE
STEEL
EARTHQUAKE
SNOW
LUMBER
PLYWOOD
MASONRY
COVERAGE OF
ATCS PROVISIONS
Introduction to NEHRP 8a - 8
Building
Seismic
Safety
Council
Introduction to NEHRP 8a - 9
BSSC
Private, voluntary
A council of NIBS
National forum for issues:
Technical
Social
Economic
60+ organizational members
Consensus process
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Introduction to NEHRP 8a - 10
BSSC Members
Building Community Organizations
Examples:
ACI
AF&PA
AISI
AITC
ASME
BIA
NCMA
NCSEA
SEAOC TMS
AIA
APA
EERI
NFPA
AISC
ASCE
ICC
PCA
Introduction to NEHRP 8a - 11
BSSC Organization
MEMBERS
BOARD
COMMITTEES
STAFF
Introduction to NEHRP 8a - 12
Introduction to NEHRP 8a - 13
Organizations generating
standards and model codes
Role of BSSC
Introduction to NEHRP 8a - 14
Information Flow
Through Building Codes
Prestandards
National
standards
Model
code
Research
Building
Code
Construction
Design
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Introduction to NEHRP 8a - 15
Current
Introduction to NEHRP 8a - 16
NEHRP
ASCE 7
Standard
Building Code
BOCA National
Building Code
Uniform
Building Code
Introduction to NEHRP 8a - 17
OVERVIEW OF
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STANDARDS
The Basic Implementation of the
2003 NEHRP Recommended
Provisions
Overview of Standards 8b - 1
Scope
Overview of Standards 8b - 2
NEHRP
Recommended
Provisions
Fundamentally a resource
document
Produced at the Building
Seismic Safety Council
2003 edition influences many
standards
3 year cycle till now
Overview of Standards 8b - 3
IBC 2006
Sets some basic
requirements, but
mostly cites
structural design
standards by
reference.
A distinct change
from the UBC,
more like SBC and
BNBC.
Overview of Standards 8b - 4
ASCE/SEI 7
2005 edition
with Supplement 1
Overview of Standards 8b - 5
ASCE 7
Overview of Standards 8b - 6
Overview of Standards 8b - 7
Overview of Standards 8b - 8
1 Steel
2 Concrete
3 Composite Steel and Concrete
4 Masonry
5 Wood
IBC 2006 does not cite Chapter 14 by
reference; it includes the same information in
its chapters dealing with the material of
construction
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Overview of Standards 8b - 9
Structural Steel
AISC 341
AISC 360
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Overview of Standards 8b - 10
Structural Steel
Overview of Standards 8b - 11
Overview of Standards 8b - 12
Overview of Standards 8b - 13
ACI 318-05
Seismic
requirements are
primarily found in
Chapter 21
Composite steel
and concrete is
covered in AISC
341
Overview of Standards 8b - 14
Structural Concrete
Special, intermediate, ordinary moment
resisting frames
Special, ordinary shear walls (structural walls)
Special, intermediate, ordinary precast
concrete shear walls
Special precast concrete moment frames
Provisions for concrete structure not
designed as part of seismic force resisting
systems
Overview of Standards 8b - 15
TMS 401-05
ACI 530-05
ASCE 5-05
(MSJC Code)
Mostly incorporated
into IBC chapter 21
by transcription as
opposed to citation
by reference
Overview of Standards 8b - 16
Masonry
Overview of Standards 8b - 17
Wood (Timber)
Overview of Standards 8b - 18
Timber Structures:
Seismic Supplement
Overview of Standards 8b - 19
Overview of Standards 8b - 20
Topic Objectives
Hazard Maps
SITE CLASSES
A
Very dense soil or soft rock: 1200 < vs < 2500 ft/sec
Site-specific requirements
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
2.50
2.00
Site A
Site B
Site C
SiteSite
Class
D
Site E
4.00
1.50
1.00
0.50
0.00
0.00
0.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.00
3.50
3.00
2.50
2.00
1.50
1.00
0.50
0.00
0.00
0.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
max
No irregularity
Ly
py
px
Irregularity exists if
py > 0.15Ly
Lx
and
px > 0.15Lx
Open
Open
K=1/
di+1
di
di-1
d
offset
Structural Systems
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
Structural Systems
Bearing Wall
R 8
Cd 5.5
o 3
Design
Elastic
Expected
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
Normalized Shear
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
Normalized Displacement
Advantages:
Architectural simplicity, relatively low base shear
Disadvantages:
Drift control, connection cost, connection testing
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
R 6
Cd 5
o 2
Design
Elastic
Expected
NL
NL
NL
160
160
100
Normalized Shear
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
Normalized Displacement
Advantages:
Lower drift, simple field connections
Disadvantages:
Higher base shear, high foundation forces,
height limitations, architectural limitations
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
R 6
Cd 5
o 2.5
Design
Elastic
Expected
NL
NL
NL
160
160
100
Normalized Shear
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
Normalized Displacement
Advantages:
Drift control
Disadvantages:
Lower redundancy (for too few walls)
Ductility
Overstrength
Redundancy
Damping
Past behavior
Maximum = 8
Eccentrically braced frame with welded connections
Buckling restrained brace with welded connections
Special moment frame in steel or concrete
Minimum = 1.5 (exclusive of cantilever systems)
Ordinary plain masonry shear walls
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Overstrength Factor
d
offset
Elements must be designed
using load combination
with factor o
FE
FE/R
Analysis
domain
Computed
Displacement
Cd
Displacement
Diaphragm Flexibility
Diaphragms must be considered as semi-rigid unless
they can be classified as FLEXIBLE or RIGID.
F/3
F/3
F/3
RIGID
Center Wall Shear = F/3
F/4
F/4 F/4
F/4
FLEXIBLE
Center Wall Shear = F/2
Diaphragm Flexibility
De
SEISMIC LOADING
MAXIMUM DIAPHRAGM
DEFLECTION (MDD)
Importance Factors
SUG
IV
III
I, II
Importance
Factor
1.50
1.25
1.00
III
A
B
C
D
IV
A
C
D
D
III
A
B
C
D
IV
A
C
D
D
III
E
IV
F
0.9D + 1.0E
Note: 0.5L may be used when Lo < 100 psf
(except garages and public assembly)
E = Eh Ev
Eh = QE
Ev = 0.2SDS D
Ev = 0.2SDS D
Redundancy Factor
Cases where = 1.0
Redundancy Factor
Cases where = 1.0 for
SDC D, E, and F buildings
When each story resisting more than 35% of the base
shear in the direction of interest complies with
requirements of Table 12.3-3 (next slide)
OR
Structures that are regular in plan at all levels and have
at least two bays of perimeter framing on each side of
the building in each orthogonal direction for each story
that resists more than 35% of the total base shear.
Otherwise = 1.3
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Redundancy Factor
Requirements for = 1 in SDC D, E, and F buildings
Braced
Frames
Moment
Frames
Redundancy Factor
Requirements for = 1 in SDC D, E, and F buildings
Shear
Walls
Cantilever
Column
CS
V = CSW
SDS
(R / I )
SD1
T (R / I )
CS (min)= 0.01 or
TLSD1
T 2 (R / I )
0.5S1
when S1 > 0.6g
(R / I )
TL
TS
Not used
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Ta = Ct h
x
n
Ta = 0.1N
For moment frames < 12 stories in height, minimum
story height of 10 feet. N = number of stories.
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Ta = 0.028hn0.8
hn ?
hn ?
T = TaCu Tcomputed
SD1
> 0.40g
0.30g
0.20g
0.15g
< 0.10g
Cu
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
CuTa
Fx = CvxV
Cvx =
k
x
wxh
n
w h
i =1
k
i
2.5
Period, Sec
k=2
k=1
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Overturning
The 2003 NEHRP Recommended Provisions
and ASCE 7-05 allow a 25% reduction
at the foundation only.
No overturning reduction is allowed in the
above grade portion of the structure.
Torsional Effects
ALL
Accidental Torsion
0.05Lx
Fx
Fy
T1=Fy(0.05Lx)
0.05L
y
Ly
T2=Fx(0.05Ly)
Lx
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
min
max
avg
max
Ax =
1.2 avg
New center
of rigidity
Damage
V
Added torsional
eccentricity
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
30%
100%
100%
30%
Story Drift
e
Strength
level forces
modified
by R and I
Drift reported by
analysis with strength
level forces:
e =
e / I
h
Amplified drift:
Note: Drift computed at center of mass of story
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
= Cd e
Seismic Load Analysis 9 - 62
Drift Limits
Occupancy
Structures other than masonry
4 stories or less with system
Designed to accommodate drift
I or II
III
0.025hsx 0.020hsx
IV
0.015hsx
0.010hsx
0.010hsx
0.010hsx
0.007hsx
0.007hsx
0.007hsx
0.020hsx
0.015hsx
0.010hsx
Separation
Source: http://library.csun.edu/mfinley/eqexdam1.html
P-Delta Effects
o
o
f =
=
P o 1
1
Vh
o
f
P
V
h
P
V
Shear force
Vy
Excluding P-delta
*
y
Including P-delta
P
KG =
h
Vy
KE =
K = K E KG
y
Displacement
Shear force
VY
Excluding P-delta
*
Y
Including P-delta
P y
Vy h
V = Vy (1 )
*
y
Displacement
Displacement, Inches
2.0
1.0
0.0
-1.0
KG = -50 k/in
KG = 0 k/in
KG = +50 k/in
-2.0
-3.0
0.0
2.0
4.0
6.0
8.0
Time, seconds
10.0
12.0
14.0
P-Delta Effects
For each story compute:
P
=
Vx hsxCd
Px
Vx
h
xe
Fictitious elastic
displacement
PCd e
=
Vx hsxCd
Cdxe
Displacement,
True inelastic
displacement
max
0.5
=
< 0.25
Cd
1
a=
1
Check drift limits using amplified drift
Design for amplified forces
Note: P-delta effects may also be automatically included
in the structural analysis. However, limit on still applies.
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Spectral
Acceleration
SDS
TL See Chapter 22
SD1
T
SD1
0.4SDS
To
TS
1.0
SD1TL
2
T
TL
Period, T
Basic Steps in
Modal Response Spectrum (RS) Analysis
1. Compute modal properties for each mode
Frequency (period)
Shape
Modal participation factor
Effective modal mass
2. Determine number of modes to use in analysis.
Use a sufficient number of modes to capture at least
90% of total mass in each direction
3. Using general spectrum (or compatible ground motion
spectrum) compute spectral accelerations for each
contributing mode.
Analytical Modeling
for Modal Response Spectrum Analysis
Transformation:
*
*
T
&&
&
&&g
Uncoupled equations: m y i + ci y i + k i y i = i MRu
*
i
&& + Cu&
Coupled equations: Mu
+ Ku = MRu&&g
http://peer.berkeley.edu/smcat/search.html
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Design spectrum
Avg. of unscaled
suite spectra
Higher
modes
0.2T
Softening
1.5T
Period, sec
Design spectrum
Avg. of scaled
suite spectra
Higher
modes
0.2T
Softening
1.5T
Period, sec
Ground Motion
Selection and Scaling
Recommendations:
V / W = 0.01
0.5S1
V /W =
R /I
Dispersion
NORMALIZED to Sa
Methods of Analysis
Described in ASCE 7-05
Nonlinear static pushover analysis
Steel Structures 10 - 1
Steel Structures 10 - 2
Braced Frames
Concentric bracing
Eccentric bracing
Steel Structures 10 - 3
Steel Structures 10 - 4
Stress
y < < sh y
Section near plastic
u
sh
y
Steel Structures 10 - 5
Steel Structures 10 - 6
u u u
=
y y y
y y
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
u
Steel Structures 10 - 7
Moment Curvature
Laboratory Test -- Annealed W Beam
Steel Structures 10 - 8
Mr
OLM
OHI
OJG
OJE
OJK
Steel Structures 10 - 9
Steel Structures 10 - 10
Steel Structures 10 - 11
Steel Structures 10 - 12
Local Buckling
b
t
cr =
k 2 E
12(1 )(b / t )
2
b
kE
0.95
t
Fy
Steel Structures 10 - 13
Local Buckling
continued
With the plate buckling coefficient taken as 0.7 and an adjustment
for residual stresses, the expression for b/t becomes:
b
E
0.38
t
Fy
This is the slenderness requirement given in the AISC specification
for compact flanges of I-shaped sections in bending. The
coefficient is further reduced for sections to be used in seismic
applications in the AISC Seismic specification
b
E
0.3
t
Fy
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Steel Structures 10 - 14
Steel Structures 10 - 15
Steel Structures 10 - 16
Pre-Northridge Standard
Steel Structures 10 - 17
Steel Structures 10 - 18
Steel Structures 10 - 19
Steel Structures 10 - 20
Northridge Failure
Beam
web
Bottom flange
of beam
Steel Structures 10 - 21
Northridge Failure
Beam flange
and web
Column
flange
Backup bar
Steel Structures 10 - 22
Northridge Failures
Weld
Weld Fusion
Column Flange
HAZ
Column Divot
Lamellar Tear
Steel Structures 10 - 23
2
11
2
1
Cross Sections
Fw
1
2
Fy
Fy
Beam Moment
Fw
Fw Z1 > Fy Z2
Steel Structures 10 - 24
Steel Structures 10 - 25
Moment (MN-m)
-2
Steel Structures 10 - 26
Steel Structures 10 - 27
Steel Structures 10 - 28
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
-100
-200
-300
-400
-500
-600
-700
-0.04
-0.02
0.00
0.02
0.04
Moment (kN-m)
Moment (k-in)
FS-03 - Moment/Rotation
0.06
Rotation (rad)
Graphic courtesy of Professor Roberto Leon, Georgia Institute of Technology
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Steel Structures 10 - 29
Steel Structures 10 - 30
25000
25000
20000
20000
15000
10000
5000
0
-5000
-10000
-15000
15000
10000
5000
0
-5000
-10000
-15000
-20000
-20000
-25000
-0.08
-25000
-0.08
-0.06
-0.04
-0.02
0.00
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
-0.06
-0.04
-0.02
0.00
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
Steel Structures 10 - 31
Steel Structures 10 - 32
Multistory Frame
Laboratory Test
Steel Structures 10 - 33
Flexural Ductility
Effect of Axial Load
e=
P
=0
Py
M pc
Mp
L
= 7.0
rx
= 1 .0
W12x36
e = 5.10"
P
= 0.55
Py
Mpc
e = 1.75"
P
= 0.76
Py
Mpc
Mp
Mp
= 0.57
= 0.28
Steel Structures 10 - 34
Axial Strut
Laboratory test
L
= 45
r
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Steel Structures 10 - 35
Steel Structures 10 - 36
Slapback
For cycle 2
Steel Structures 10 - 37
Steel Structures 10 - 38
Steel Structures 10 - 39
Steel Behavior
Ductility
- Material inherently ductile
- Ductility of structure < ductility of material
Damping
- Welded structures have low damping
- More damping in bolted structures due
to slip at connections
- Primary energy absorption is yielding of
members
Steel Structures 10 - 40
Steel Behavior
Buckling
- Most common steel failure under earthquake loads
- Usually not ductile
- Local buckling of portion of member
- Global buckling of member
- Global buckling of structure
Fracture
- Nonductile failure mode under earthquake loads
- Heavy welded connections susceptible
Steel Structures 10 - 41
Steel Structures 10 - 42
Steel Structures 10 - 43
Steel Structures 10 - 44
Steel Structures 10 - 45
Steel Structures 10 - 46
Steel Structures 10 - 47
Test
Details
Special
Reqd
0.04
Many
Intermediate
Reqd
0.02
Moderate
Ordinary
Allowed
NA
Few
Steel Structures 10 - 48
a+b
Mu M p
b
Fy* = Ry Fy
a+b 1
1.7 Fy*
Fu F Z
b
Af d
*
y
Steel Structures 10 - 49
Panel Zones
Special and intermediate moment
frame:
Shear strength demand:
Basic load combination
RyMp of beams
or
Steel Structures 10 - 50
Steel Structures 10 - 51
Steel Structures 10 - 52
Prequalified Connections
See FEMA 350: Recommended Seismic Design Criteria for
New Steel Moment-Frame Buildings
-Welded Unreinforced Flange
-Welded Free Flange Connection
-Welded Flange Plate Connection
-Reduced Beam Section Connections
Steel Structures 10 - 53
Welded Coverplates
Steel Structures 10 - 54
Steel Structures 10 - 55
Steel Structures 10 - 56
Steel Structures 10 - 57
Steel Structures 10 - 58
Steel Structures 10 - 59
5 at 25'-0"
7 at 25'-0"
Steel Structures 10 - 60
Steel Structures 10 - 61
Steel Structures 10 - 62
Steel Structures 10 - 63
bf
= 6.01
2tf
bf
tf
E
= 7.22OK
Upper limit: 0.3
Fy
hc
Check beam web:
= 49.6
tw
E
Upper limit: 3.76
= 90.6
Fy
hc
tw
OK
Steel Structures 10 - 64
Cd x
story 2
Cd x
story 3
5.17in.
268in.
= 0.98 < 1.3
=
3.14in.
160in.
Steel Structures 10 - 65
max
Ax =
1.2
avg
Steel Structures 10 - 66
Steel Structures 10 - 67
*
M pc
*
pb
> 1.0
where M*pc = the sum of the moments in the column above and
below the joint at the intersection of the beam and column
centerlines. M*pc is determined by summing the projections of the
nominal flexural strengths of the columns above and below the
joint to the beam centerline with a reduction for the axial force in
the column.
M*pb = the sum of the moments in the beams at the intersection of
the beam and column centerlines.
Steel Structures 10 - 68
*
pc
*
M pc
Puc
500kips
2
2
736
50
= Zc Fyc
=
in
ksi
109
A
in
= 66,850in kips
*
M pc
= 66,850in kips
= 75,300in kips
251.35in. + 128.44in.
Steel Structures 10 - 69
with Mv = VpSh
S h = dist . from col . centerline to plastic hinge
= dc / 2 + d b / 2 = 25.61in.
Vp = shear at plastic hinge location
wL' 2
2M p +
'
2
2
Vp = 2M p + wL / 2 =
'
L
(1.046klf ) ( 248.8in.)2
( 2 )( 25,700in kips ) +
12
2
= 221.2kips
=
248.8in.
Steel Structures 10 - 70
*
M pc
*
M pb
75,300in kips
= 1.02 > 1.00 OK
73,500in kips
Steel Structures 10 - 71
d
d
t
(33.3
in
.)(17.92
in
.)(
t
)
b c p
p
Rv = 537.6t p + 315
The required total (web plus doubler plate ) thickness is determined by :
Rv = Ru
(1.0)(537.6t p + 315) = 1,883kips
t prequired = 2.91in.
The column web thickness is 1.66in., therefore the required doubler plate thickness is :
t pdoubler = 1.25in. (therefore use one 1.25in. plate or two 0.625in. plates )
Steel Structures 10 - 72
Steel Structures 10 - 73
Steel Structures 10 - 74
Steel Structures 10 - 75
Context in Provisions
Steel behavior
Reference standards and design strength
Seismic design category requirement
Moment resisting frames
Braced frames
Steel Structures 10 - 76
Inverted V
Diagonal
Steel Structures 10 - 77
Steel Structures 10 - 78
Steel Structures 10 - 79
R=6
Chapter 13
R = 3.25
Chapter 14
R=3
AISC LRFD
Steel Structures 10 - 80
Steel Structures 10 - 81
KL
< 4
r
E
Fy
Steel Structures 10 - 82
Brace connections
Axial tensile strength > smallest of:
Axial tension strength = RyFyAg
Maximum load effect that can be transmitted to
brace by system.
Axial compressive strength 1.1RyPn where Pn is the
nominal compressive strength of the brace.
Flexural strength > 1.1RyMp or rotate to permit
brace buckling while resisting AgFCR
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Steel Structures 10 - 83
Steel Structures 10 - 84
Column in CBF:
Same local buckling rules as brace members
Splices resist moments
Steel Structures 10 - 85
Concentrically
Braced Frame
Example
E-W direction
Steel Structures 10 - 86
Steel Structures 10 - 87
Brace
Beam
Steel Structures 10 - 88
Steel Structures 10 - 89
Steel Structures 10 - 90
Cd
These connections
determine classification
Steel Structures 10 - 91
1.
2.
3.
4.
Elastic analysis
Check rotation angle; reproportion as required
Design check for strength
Design connection details
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Steel Structures 10 - 92
Steel Structures 10 - 93
1.6 M p
2.6 M p
Vp
Vp
1.6 M p
Vp
<L<
2.6 M p
Vp
Steel Structures 10 - 94
e = 0.247 in
8.5'
Total drift:
From geometry:
L
20 0.99
= =
= 0.043
e
3 12.67 (12 )
1.6M p
= 3.52'
Because e = 3.0 ' <
Fy
8.5'
12.67'
3.0'
rad
OK
Steel Structures 10 - 95
Steel Structures 10 - 96
Steel Structures 10 - 97
Steel Structures 10 - 98
KL (1)(15.26) (12 )
=
= 61.2
r
2.99
E
61.2 < 4.71
= 118.3
Fy
Fe =
2E
2
2 (29,000)
2
Fy
Fcr = 0.658 Fe
Fy
= 76.4 ksi
61.2
KL
r
46
76.4
Fcr = 0.658 46 = 35.8ksi
Steel Structures 10 - 99
or
Vn = 2(0.9)M / e =
2 ( 0.9 )( 50 )(105 )
and
3 (12 )
= 262.5 kip
190
Pu = 1.25 (1.1)
(120.2 ) = 369 < 528 OK
85.2
Geometric Limits:
L 65'
0.1 <
d 6'
Ls
< 0.5
L
L
2
3
< p <
3
d
2
Flat bar diagonals,
b
2.5
t
2 M pc
Vp = 2
Ls
F h = V
gouges, etc.
Columns:
Strength using o if Pu /
Pn > 0.4
fillet welds
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Steel Diaphragm
Example
Vn = (approved strength)
= 0.6
For example only:
Use approved strength as 2.0 x working load in
SDI Diaphragm Design Manual
VE
VE
wE
L = 80'
d = 40'
wD = wL = 0
wE = 500 plf
VE =
v SDI
wEL
= 20 kip;
2
vE =
20000
= 500 plf
40
vE
500
=
=
= 417 plf
2 2(0.6 )
Deck chosen:
1 , 22 gage with welds on 36/5 pattern and 3
sidelap fasteners, spanning 5-0
Capacity = 450 > 417 plf
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Rg = 1.0*
Rg = 0.85
Rg = 0.7
Rp = 1.0
Rp = 0.75
No Deck
Deck
S Studs
2S Studs
W Studs
25
20
25
15
10
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
30
20
15
Qe=Qsc
10
0
0
10
15
20
25
Welding:
- Single pass fillet or resistance welds
> PERIODIC
- All other welds
> CONTINUOUS
High strength bolts:
> PERIODIC
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Domestic:
- AISC
- Local jurisdictions
Foreign:
- No established international criteria
SEISMIC DESIGN OF
REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Provisions
Concrete behavior
Reference standards
Requirements by Seismic Design Category
Moment resisting frames
Shear walls
Other topics
Summary
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Seismic-Force-Resisting Systems
Reinforced Concrete
Unbraced frames (with
rigid moment resisting joints):
Three types
Ordinary
Intermediate
Special
R/C shear walls:
Ordinary
Special
Precast shear walls:
Special
Intermediate
Ordinary
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
4500 psi
8800 psi
13,500 psi
17,500 psi
18000
16000
Stress, psi
14000
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
0
0.001
0.002
0.003
0.004
Strain, in./in.
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Stress, psi
5000
4000
2 2
fc = fc' c c
o o
2fc'
o =
Et
3000
2000
1000
0
0
Strain
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
fyhAsp
ds
fyhAsp
Confinement
from spiral or
circular hoop
Forces acting
on 1/2 spiral or
circular hoop
Confinement
from square
hoop
Confinement
Rectangular hoops
with cross ties
Confinement by
transverse bars
Confinement by
longitudinal bars
8000
7000
Stress, psi
6000
5000
4000
3000
Tests of
6 in. x 12 in.
cylinders
2000
1000
0
0
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.04
4500
4000
Stress, psi
3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
0
0.004
Confined Area 12 x 16
0.008
0.012
0.016
Strain, in./in.
Stress, ksi
80
Grade 60
rupture~10-12%
60
Grade 40
40
E = 29,000 ksi
20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
Microstrain
failure
Load
cracked-inelastic
cracked-elastic
uncracked
Mid-Point Displacement,
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
fc
d
As
s
Strain
sEs < fy
Stress
c,max
f'c
d
As
s >y
Strain
jd
Asfy
fy
Stress
Forces
Mn = Asfyjd
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
w/ strain hardening
M, in-kip
600
fc = 4 ksi
500
fy = 60 ksi
b = 8 in
400
d = 10 in
300
= 0.0125
200
100
0
0
100
200
300
x 10-5 in-1
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
fc = 4 ksi
M, in-kip
4000
fy = 60 ksi
b = 10 in
3000
d = 18 in
2000
= 2.5%
= 1.5%
= 0.5%
1000
0
0
100
200
300
400
x 10-5 in-1
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
1200
Beam
1
2
3
1
4
5
6
4 7
2
5
800
M
2
lb
/
in
bd2
0.0375
0.0375
0.0375
0.0250
0.0250
0.0125
0.0125
'
0.0250
0.0125
0
0.0125
0
0.0125
0
6
7
400
0
0
0.008
0.016
0.024
Moment-Curvature
with Confined Concrete
c,max
f'c
As
s >y
Strain
fy
Stress
Design for Concrete Structures 11 - 20
Moment, in-k
30000
25000
Beam - 24 in. x 36 in.
Tension Steel - 12 ea. #10
Compression Steel - 5 ea. #8
Confining Steel - #4 hoops at 4 in. c-c
20000
15000
10000
5000
without confining
with confining
0
0
500
1000
1500
2000
curvature, microstrain/in.
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Plastic Hinging
idealized
lp
Mu
u y
u
actual
plastic
rotation
reinforcement
Prevents bond splitting failures
Structural Behavior
Frames
Story Mechanism
Sway Mechanism
Story Mechanism
V
N
V
V
V
T
Flexural
failure
V
N
Horizontal
tension
Sliding on
flexural cracks
Sliding on
construction
joint
Design for Concrete Structures 11 - 27
Structural Behavior
Walls
Vu
Vu
Vu
Compression
1
2
hw
1
2
45
lw
Structural Behavior
Columns
Ultimate
yield
1000
14 in square
4-#11 bars
f' c = 4 ksi
f y = 45 ksi
800
600
1.75
bending axis
400
200
400
800
1200
1600
0.002
Moment, M, in-kip
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
0.001
Curvature, , rad/in
Design for Concrete Structures 11 - 29
Confined concrete
Area = A core
Column with
Inadequate Ties
-4
-0.5
Drift, %
-1.0
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Structural Behavior
Columns
M1
M1
L
V
M2
M1 + M2 2Mu
=
V=
L
L
M2
P
Range
of P
Mo
Mu
Structural Behavior
Joints
V
fc
h
ft
T
Cc
Cs
1.0
0.5
5 6
Drift, %
-1
-0.5
1.0
0.5
5 6
Drift, %
-1
-0.5
Anchorage Failure in
Column/Footing Joint
Flexural Ductility
Longitudinal steel provides monotonic ductility at low
reinforcement ratios
Transverse steel needed to maintain ductility through
reverse cycles and at very high strains (hinge
development)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Potential Problems
Shear failures are brittle and abrupt and must be
avoided
Degrading strength/stiffness with repeat cycles
Limit degradation through adequate hinge
development
ACI 318-05
Response
Modification
Coefficient, R
Deflection
Amplification
Factor, Cd
Special R/C
Moment Frame
5.5
Intermediate R/C
Moment Frame
4.5
Ordinary R/C
Moment Frame
2.5
Design Coefficients
Shear Walls (Bearing Systems)
Seismic Force
Resisting
System
Response
Modification
Coefficient, R
Deflection
Amplification
Factor, Cd
Ordinary R/C
Shear Walls
Intermediate Precast
Shear Walls
Design Coefficients
Shear Walls (Frame Systems)
Seismic Force
Resisting
System
Response
Modification
Coefficient, R
Deflection
Amplification
Factor, Cd
Ordinary R/C
Shear Walls
4.5
Intermediate Precast
Shear Walls
4.5
Design Coefficients
Dual Systems with Special Frames
Seismic Force
Resisting
System
Response
Modification
Coefficient, R
Deflection
Amplification
Factor, Cd
Dual System w/
Special Walls
8 (7)
6.5 (5.5)
Dual System w/
Ordinary Walls
Frames
Seismic
Design
Category
Minimum
Frame Type
ACI 318
Requirements
A and B
Ordinary
Chapters 1 thru
18 and 22
Intermediate
Special
D, E and F
Minimum
Wall
Type
A, B and C
Ordinary
Chapters 1 thru
18 and 22
Special
D, E and F
ACI 318
Requirements
D, E and F
Minimum
Wall Type
ACI 318
Requirements
Ordinary
Chapters 1 thru
18 and 22
Intermediate
Special
Performance Objectives
Strong column
Avoid story mechanism
Hinge development
Confined concrete core
Prevent rebar buckling
Prevent shear failure
Frame Mechanisms
strong column weak beam
Story mechanism
Sway mechanism
M nb1
M nc2
Hinge Development
Tightly Spaced Hoops
Provide confinement to increase concrete strength
and usable compressive strain
Provide lateral support to compression bars to
prevent buckling
Act as shear reinforcement and preclude shear
failures
Control splitting cracks from high bar bond stresses
Hinge Development
Before
spalling
After
spalling
Hinge Development
Bidirectional cracking
Spalled cover
fy
0 .025
8db
24dh 12
Mpr1
ln
Ve1
Ve =
Mpr1 + Mpr 2
ln
w ul n
'
g c
A f
Ve
Mpr = Mn
fs = 1.25fy ,
Ve2
If earthquake-induced > 1 V
e
2
shear force
and Pu <
Mpr2
with
= 1 .0
by analysis
then Vc = 0
20
Vj = T + C Vcol
Vcol
T
Vj
T = 1.25fy A s, top
C = 1.25fy A s, bottom
20
Vn = 15 f 'c A j
12
0.01 0.06
M nb1
M nb2
M nc2
At joints
(strong column-weak beam)
Spirals
Ag
f 'c
s = 0.45
1
A ch
fyt
and
f 'c
s 0.12
fyt
A sh
A g
f
'
c
0.3 sbc
1
f
yt A ch
and
A sh
f 'c
0.09sbc
fyt
hx
14 h x
so = 4 +
3
Spacing shall not exceed the smallest of:
b/4 or 6 db or so (4 to 6)
Distance between legs of hoops or crossties, hx 14
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Pe >
f 'c A g
10
Splice in Hinge
Region
Terminating
bars
clear height
lo
6
18"
D
1
7 @ 30 = 210
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
5 @ 20 = 100
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Frame Elevations
A
15' 18'
15' 18'
11 @ 12.5'
11 @ 12.5'
Column Lines 3 to 6
Story Shears:
Seismic vs Wind
seismic E-W
seismic N-S
wind E-W
wind N-S
1
2
3
includes shearwall
0
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
w/ walls
w/o walls
Layout of Reinforcement
32
29.6
28.6
22.5
30
B
4708
4515
CL
Seismic
715
Dead
5232
5834
5761
492
Combined:
834
4122
4222
4149
1.42D +0.5 L + E
0.68D - E
1.2D + 1.6L
Beam Reinforcement:
Longitudinal
Max negative Mu = 5834 in-kips
b = 22.5 d = 29.6 fc = 4 ksi fy = 60 ksi
Mu
5834
0 .9
A s req'd =
=
= 4.17in2
fy (0.875d) 60 0.875 29.6
Choose: 2 #9 and 3 #8 As = 4.37 in2
= 0.0066 < 0.025 OK
Mn = 6580 in-kips OK
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Beam Reinforcement:
Longitudinal (continued)
Positive Mu at face of column = 4222 in-kips
(greater than (5834) = 2917)
b for negative moment is the sum of
the beam width (22.5 in.) plus 1/12 the
span length (20 ft x 12 in./ft)/12,
b = 42.5 in.
Mu
A s req'd
4222
0.9 = 2.94in2
=
=
fy (0.9d) 60 0.9 29.6
Beam Reinforcement:
Longitudinal (continued)
Choose 2 #7 and 3 #8 As = 3.57 in2
Mn = 5564 in-kips OK
Run 3 #8s continuous top and bottom
Mn = 3669 in-kips
This moment is greater than:
25% of max negative Mn = 1459 in-kips
Max required Mu = 834 in-kips
Beam Reinforcement:
Preliminary Layout
A'
2 #7
C
3 #8
2 #9
2 #8
2 #7
3 #8
C'
2 #9
3 #8
D
2 #8
2 #7
C'
9697
8999
Plastic
moments
(in-kips)
10085
10085
9.83'
20.0'
10.5'
20.0'
150.4
94.2
90.9
Girder and
column shears
(kips)
150.4
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
355.5 kip
B
82.7
79.4
C
82.7
Seismic shear
79.4
75.6
29.5
29.5
82.7
29.5
29.5
Factored
gravity shear
29.5
112.2
108.9
53.2
49.9
29.5
112.2
53.2
Design shear
46.1
105.1
49.9
108.9
53.2
112.2
Beam Reinforcement:
Transverse
Vseismic > 50% Vu therefore take Vc = 0
82.7 kips = 73%(112.2)
Use 4 legged #3 stirrups
Vs =
A v fy d
s
Beam Reinforcement:
Transverse
A'
7311
Girder moments
(Level 7)
6181
8095
8095
Column moments
(Level 7)
if
Pu >
Mnc
f 'c A g
10
> 1.2 Mnb
Design Strengths
Design Aspect
Strength Used
Design strength
Beam-column joint
strength
Maximum probable
strength
Maximum probable
strength
Maximum probable
strength
A g
f
'
c
1
= 0.3 sbc
fyt A ch
and
A sh = 0.09sbc
f 'c
fyt
14 h x
so = 4 +
3
hx = maximum horizontal center to center spacing
of cross-ties or hoop legs on all faces of the
column, not allowed to be greater the 14 in.
A g
f
'
4 900
= 0.3 sbc
1
1
0
.
3
4
26
.
5
A ch
f
60 702
yt
A sh = 0.60 in2
and
A sh
f 'c
4
= 0.09sbc
= 0.09 4 26.5
= 0.64 in2
fyt
60
Mpr,2
Vseismic
ln
Mpr,3
Mpr,4
Vseismic
Mpr,bottom
Design for Concrete Structures 11 - 96
Vseismic
8230 2
=
= 139 kips
(12.5 12) 32
Note Vseismic~100%Vu
Vc = 0, if Pmin <
f 'c Ag
20
= 180 kips
A v fy d
Hoops
4 0.2 60 29.6
= 0.75
= 266.4 kips
4
4 legs #4
s = 4
Column Reinforcement
A'
7 @ 4"
#4 hoops:
5"
8 @ 6"
5"
7 @ 4"
12 #8 bars
Intermediate
Special
minor
full
Bar buckling
lesser
full
Member shear
lesser
full
minor
full
Joint shear
Ordinary
minor
Strong column
full
Rebar development
lesser
lesser
full
Load reversal
minor
lesser
full
Performance Objectives
Resist axial forces, flexure and shear
Boundary members
Where compression strains are large, maintain
capacity
Design Philosophy
Flexural yielding will occur in predetermined
Diagonal tension
Sliding hinges
Local buckling
l = perpendicular
to shear plane
Shear plane, Acv =
web thickness x
length of wall
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Vu < A cv f 'c
Vu > 2A cv f 'c
Shear strength:
Vn = A cv c f 'c + t fy
600
h
w
u = Design displacement
c = Depth to neutral axis from strain
compatibility analysis with loads
causing u
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
or Mu/4Vu
Wall Example
A
15' 18'
11 @ 12.5'
Wall Cross-Section
17-6=210
30
30
30
30
12
Story Shears
E-W Loading
frame 1
frame 2
frame 3
1
2
3
includes shearwall
0
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
S = 261,600 in3
P
M
+
= 3892 kip
2 240
P
M
B2 =
= 1658 kip
2 240
B1 =
B1
Need
P = 5550 k
A sh
fc'
2
= 0 . 09 sb c
= 1 . 08 in at s = 4 "
fy
4 legs of #5
fc' + t f y
Panel to Acv
Acv
Vu > 2
'
fc A cv
longitudin al :
0 .2 2
# 4 @ 12"
= 0.0028 > 0.0025
12 12
transverse :
0 .2 2
# 4 @ 9"
= 0.0037 > 0.0036
12 9
Nominal
Axial Load, k
25000
Factored
Combinations
20000
15000
10000
5000
0
0
20000
40000
60000
Moment, k-ft
B
R
12
24 #10
24 #9
11
fc = 6 ksi
6
12 #9
G
24 #11
10
#5 @ 4"
B
4
#4@12"
E.W. E.F.
#4 @ 4"
fc = 4 ksi
Diaphragms
Diaphragm
Shear walls
Collectors, if reqd to transfer force
from diaphragm to shear walls
Load from analysis in accordance
With design load combinations
Check:
Shear strength and reinforcement (min. slab reinf.)
Chords (boundary members)
- Force = M/d Reinforced for tension
(Usually dont require boundary members)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Field connections
at points of low
stress
Strong connections
Configure system so that hinges
occur in factory cast members
away from field splices
Field connections
must yield
Ductile connections
Inelastic action at field splice
Quality Assurance
Rebar Inspection
Continuous
Welding of rebar
Periodic
During and upon completion of placement for special
moment frames, intermediate moment frames and
shear walls
Quality Assurance:
Reinforcing Inspection - Prestressed
Periodic
Placing of prestressing tendons (inspection required
upon completion)
Continuous
Stressing of tendons
Grouting of tendons
Quality Assurance:
Concrete Placement Inspection
Continuous
Prestressed elements
Drilled piers
Caissons
Periodic
Frames
Shear walls
Quality Assurance:
Precast Concrete (plant cast)
Quality Assurance:
PCI Certification Program
Quality Assurance:
ACI Inspector Certification
Quality Assurance:
Reinforcement Testing
Rebar
Special and intermediate moment frames
Boundary elements
Prestressing steel
Tests include
Weldability
Elongation
Actual to specified yield strength
Actual to specified ultimate strength
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Quality Assurance:
Concrete Testing
Rate
Once per day per class
Objectives of Module
Basics of masonry behavior
Basics of masonry specification
The MSJC code and specification and their relationship
Chap. 5
Loads on structures
Chap. 5
Chap. 6
Design resistances
Chap. 11
units of
concrete or
fired clay
...
... typical
typical
materials
materials in
in
reinforced
reinforced
masonry
masonry
grout
steel
reinforcing
bars
grout
mortar
lateral loads
Design of walls parallel to lateral loads
Design of lintels
Simplified analysis for lateral loads
Design of diaphragms
Detailing
Vertical reinforcement of
#4 bars at corners and
jambs
Horizontal reinforcement
of two #4 bars in bond
beam at top of wall, and
over and under openings
(two #5 bars with span > 6
ft)
Effect of Openings
Effective
width of strip
A
Strip A
Width A
Effective
width of strip
B
Effective
width of strip
C
Strip B
Strip C
Width B
Width C
Effect of Openings
Openings increase original design actions
on each strip by a factor equal to the ratio
of the effective width of the strip divided by
the actual width:
Effective Width B
Actions in Strip B = Original Actions
Actual Width B
M=Pe/2
M wind
Pn
Moment-axial force
interaction diagram
(with the help of a
spreadsheet)
Mu, Pu
Mn
Sufficient lateral
capacity comes from
wall density.
Pn
Mu, Pu
Mn
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Shearing resistance:
Vn = Vm + Vs
Mu
Vm = 4.0 1.75
Vu dv
'
A
f
n m + 0.25 Pu
Design of Lintels
Moments and shears due to
gravity loads:
(Example of
direction of span)
w l2
Mu =
8
wl
Vu =
2
Design of Lintels
Shear design: Provide
enough depth so that shear
reinforcement is not
needed.
Flexural design:
Neutral axis
Mu
As
fy 0.9 d
As
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
40 ft
8 ft
8 ft
40 ft
V
stiffness, which is
proportional to plan length
Neglect plan torsion
8 ft
8 ft
8 ft
8 ft
8 ft
40 ft
8 ft
8 ft
8 ft
Vleft
Vright
40 ft
5
=
Vtotal = Vtotal
8
( 40 + 8 + 8 + 8 ) ft
8 + 8 + 8 ) ft
(
=
Vtotal
( 40 + 8 + 8 + 8 ) ft
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
3
= Vtotal
8
Design of Masonry Structures 12 - 22
half
8 ft
8 ft
40 ft
8 ft
8 ft
8 ft
1
Vleft = Vtotal
2
1
Vright = Vtotal
2
5/8V
1/2V
8 ft
V
40 ft
8 ft
3/8V
1/2V
8 ft
8 ft
Diaphragm Design
Diaphragm shears are resisted by total depth or by
cover (for plank diaphragms). Diaphragm moments
are resisted by diaphragm chords in bond beams.
L/2
M = w L2 / 8
V=wL/2
w
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Details
Wall-diaphragm connections
Design of lintels for out-of-plane loads between wall
diaphragm connections
Connections between bond beam and walls
Connections between walls and foundation
Masonry Behavior
On a local level, masonry behavior is nonisotropic,
f unit
Masonry unit
f prism
f mortar
Prism
Mortar
Strain
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Typical details
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Basic Terms
Head
joints
Running bond
Stack bond
Flemish bond
Design of Masonry Structures 12 - 31
Masonry Units
Concrete masonry units (CMU):
Specified by ASTM C 90
Minimum specified compressive
strength (net area) of 1900 psi
(average)
Net area is about 55% of gross area
Nominal versus specified versus
actual dimensions
Type I and Type II designations no
longer exist
Masonry Units
Clay masonry units:
Specified by ASTM C 62 or C 216
Usually solid, with small core holes
for manufacturing purposes
If cores occupy 25% of net area,
units can be considered 100% solid
Masonry Mortar
Mortar for unit masonry is specified by ASTM C 270
Three cementitious systems
Portland cement lime mortar
Masonry cement mortar
Mortar cement mortar
Masonry Mortar
Within each cementitious system, mortar is specified
by type (M a S o N w O r K):
Going from Type K to Type M, mortar has an
increasing volume proportion of portland cement. It
sets up faster and has higher compressive and tensile
bond strengths.
As the volume proportion of portland cement
increases, mortar is less able to deform when
hardened.
Types N and S are specified for modern masonry
construction.
Masonry Mortar
Under ASTM C270, mortar can be specified by
proportion or by property.
If mortar is specified by proportion, compliance is
verified only by verifying proportions. For example:
Type S PCL mortar has volume proportions of 1 part
cement to about 0.5 parts hydrated masons lime to
about 4.5 parts masons sand.
Type N masonry cement mortar (single-bag) has one
part Type N masonry cement and 3 parts masons
sand.
Masonry Mortar
Under ASTM C270, mortar can be specified
by proportion or by property:
Proportion specification is simpler -- verify
in the field that volume proportions meet
proportion limits.
Property specification is more complex: (1)
establish the proportions necessary to
produce a mortar that, tested at laboratory
flow, will meet the required compressive
strength, air content, and retentivity (ability
to retain water) requirements and (2) verify
in the field that volume proportions meet
proportion limits.
Masonry Mortar
The proportion specification is the default.
Unless the
property specification is used, no mortar testing is
necessary.
The proportion of water is not specified. It is determined
by the mason to achieve good productivity and
workmanship.
Masonry units absorb water from the mortar decreasing
its water-cement ratio and increasing its compressive
strength. Mortar need not have high compressive
strength.
Grout
Grout for unit masonry is specified by ASTM C 476
Two kinds of grout:
Fine grout (cement, sand, water)
Coarse grout (cement, sand, pea gravel, water)
Grout
Under ASTM C476, grout can be specified
by proportion or by compressive strength:
Proportion specification is simpler. It
requires only that volume proportions of
ingredients be verified.
Specification by compressive strength is
more complex. It requires compression
testing of grout in a permeable mold (ASTM
C 1019).
Grout
If grout is specified by proportion, compliance is
verified only by verifying proportions. For example:
Fine grout has volume proportions of 1 part cement to
about 3 parts masons sand.
Coarse grout has volume proportions of 1 part cement
to about 3 parts masons sand and about 2 parts pea
gravel.
Grout
The proportion of water is not specified.
Accessory Materials
Horizontally oriented expansion joint under
shelf angle:
Weepholes
Flashing
Shelf angle
Sealant gap
~ 3 / 8 in.
(part of a civil
contract between
owner and
contractor)
Design of Masonry Structures 12 - 44
2005 MSJC
Code and
Specification
ASCE
(ASCE 5-05)
(ASCE 6-05)
TMS
(TMS 402-05)
(TMS 602-05)
Masonry Standards
Joint Committee
Ch. 2,
Allowable
Stress
Design
Ch. 3,
Strength
Design
Ch. 4,
Prestressed
Masonry
Ch. 5,
Empirical
Design
3.1, General SD
3.2, URM
3.3, RM
Ch. 6,
Veneer
6.1, General
6.2, Anchored
6.3, Adhered
Ch. 7,
Glass
Block
App.A,
AAC
Specification:
Role of fm
Concrete:
Designer states assumed value of fc
Compliance is verified by compression tests on
cylinders cast in the field and cured under ideal
conditions
Masonry
Designer states assumed value of fm
Compliance is verified by unit strength method or
by prism test method
SDC determines
Required types of shear walls (prescriptive
reinforcement)
Prescriptive reinforcement for other masonry elements
Permitted design approaches for LFRS (lateral forceresisting system)
roof
diaphragm
#4 bars around
openings
24 in. or 40 db
past opening
#4 bar (min) @
diaphragms
continuous through
control joint
#4 bar (min)
within 8 in. of all
control joints
#4 bar (min)
within 8 in. of
corners &
ends of walls
control joint
#4 bars @ 10 ft oc
roof
diaphragm
#4 bars around
openings
24 in. or 40 db
past opening
#4 bar (min) @
diaphragms
continuous through
control joint
#4 bar (min)
within 8 in. of all
control joints
#4 bar (min)
within 8 in. of
corners &
ends of walls
control joint
#4 bars @ 4 ft oc
#4 bars @ 4 ft oc
Minimum Reinforcement
SDC
Empirically
Designed
none
Ordinary Plain
none
A, B
Detailed Plain
A, B
Ordinary
Reinforced
same as above
A, B, C
Intermediate
Reinforced
A, B, C
Special
Reinforced
any
1.16, Construction
Minimum grout spacing (Table 1.16.2)
Embedded conduits, pipes, and sleeves:
Consider effect of openings in design
Masonry alone resists loads
Fundamental basis
Loading combinations
Design strength
Deformation requirements
-factors
Anchor bolts
Bearing strength
Compressive strength
Modulus of rupture
Strength of reinforcement
Unreinforced masonry
Reinforced masonry
Fundamental basis
Loading combinations
Design strength
factors
Deformation requirements
Anchor bolts
Bearing strength
Compressive strength
Modulus of rupture
Strength of reinforcement
Unreinforced masonry
Reinforced masonry
Fundamental basis
Loading combinations
Design strength
factors
Deformation requirements
Anchor bolts
Bearing strength
Compressive strength
Modulus of rupture
Strength of reinforcement
Unreinforced masonry
Reinforced masonry
Fundamental basis
Loading combinations
Design strength
factors
Deformation requirements
Anchor bolts
Bearing strength
Compressive strength
Modulus of rupture
Strength of reinforcement
Unreinforced masonry
Reinforced masonry
Reinforced Masonry
Unreinforced
Masonry
Combinations of
flexure and axial
load
0.90
0.60
Shear
0.80
0.80
Anchorage and
splices of
Reinforcement
0.80
---
Bearing
0.60
0.60
Strength-reduction
Factor
0.90
Masonry breakout
0.50
Pullout of bent-bar
anchors
0.65
Fundamental basis
Loading combinations
Design strength
factors
Deformation requirements
Anchor bolts
Bearing strength
Compressive strength
Modulus of rupture
Strength of reinforcement
Unreinforced masonry
Reinforced masonry
uncracked sections
Deflections of reinforced masonry (RM) based on
cracked sections
Fundamental basis
Loading combinations
Design strength
factors
Deformation requirements
Anchor bolts
Bearing strength
Compressive strength
Modulus of rupture
Strength of reinforcement
Unreinforced masonry
Reinforced masonry
Fundamental basis
Loading combinations
Design strength
Deformation requirements
factors
Anchor bolts
Bearing strength
Compressive strength
Modulus of rupture
Strength of reinforcement
Reinforced masonry
Unreinforced masonry
Fundamental basis
Loading combinations
Design strength
Deformation requirements
factors
Anchor bolts
Bearing strength
Compressive strength
Modulus of rupture
Strength of reinforcement
Unreinforced masonry
Reinforced masonry
Fundamental basis
Loading combinations
Design strength
Deformation requirements
factors
Anchor bolts
Bearing strength
Compressive strength
Modulus of rupture
Strength of reinforcement
Unreinforced masonry
Reinforced masonry
Fundamental basis
Loading combinations
Design strength
Deformation requirements
factors
Anchor bolts
Bearing strength
Compressive strength
Modulus of rupture
Strength of reinforcement
Unreinforced masonry
Reinforced masonry
masonry
Plane sections remain plane
Elasto-plastic stress-strain curve for reinforcement
Tensile strength of masonry is neglected
Equivalent rectangular compressive stress block in
masonry, with a height of 0.80 fm and a depth of 0.80 c
Flexural
Assumptions
Axial
Load
s y
P=C-T
mu = 0.0035 clay
Reinforcement
fy
0.0025 concrete
0.80 fm
1 = 0.80
Axial
load
s = y
Reinforcement
fy
mu = 0.0035 clay
0.0025 concrete
0.80 fm
1 = 0.80
Pure compression
Balance point
Mn
Pure flexure
h 2
1
140r
70r
h
h
for 99
r
h
for > 99
r
M / V dv 0.25
Vn 6 An fm
M / V dv 1.0
Vn 4 An fm
Linear interpolation between these extremes
Objective is to avoid crushing of diagonal strut
= 4 .0 1 . 7 5
M u
An
V u d v
f m' + 0 .2 5 P u
( 3 2 1)
Mu
1 .0
Vu d v
A
V s = 0 .5 v f y d v
s
(3 2 2 )
width
Nominal depth not less than 8 in.
nominal thickness
Clear height not more than 5 times the nominal plan
length
Pure compression
Balance point
Mn
Pure flexure
Pure compression
Balance point
Mn
Pure flexure
horizontal reinforcement
Nominal shear strength by Code 3.3.4.1.2
MSJC Code
Part 1
General
Part 2
Products
Part 3
Execution
1.6 Quality
assurance
2.1-Mortar
2.2-Grout
2.3 Masonry Units
2.4 Reinforcement
2.5 Accessories
2.6 Mixing
2.7-Fabrication
3.1-Inspection
3.2-Preparation
3.3 Masonry erection
3.4 Reinforcement
3.5 Grout placement
3.6 Prestressing
3.7 Field quality control
3.8-Cleaning
SHEARS
MOMENTS
M/V
Axial Capacity
Flexural Capacity
Axial Capacity
design prohibited
design permitted
Flexural Capacity
Inelastic structures:
Compute design shears based on flexural capacity
WALL
SHEARS
WALL
MOMENTS
M/V
V n = Vm + Vs
Vm depends on (Mu / Vudv) ratio
Vs = (0.5) Av fy (note efficiency factor)
V
Av f y
45 o
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Mu
Vm = 4.0 1.75
Vu dv
'
A
f
n m + 0.25Pu
P / Lwh = 0 psi
4
2.25
2
0
0.5
1.0
1.5
Mu / Vu dv
6.0
4.0
2
0
0.25 0.5
1.0
1.5
Mu / Vu dv
Check Detailing
Cover
Placement of flexural and shear reinforcement
Boundary elements not required:
Ductility demand is low
Maximum flexural reinforcement is closely
controlled
Detailing (1)
Cover:
Automatically satisfied by putting reinforcement in
grouted cells
Axial capacity
Flexural capacity
Axial
capacity
Pn
s y
Lw
Reinforcement
fy
0.9Lw
0.9Lw
Mn 0.9 As fy
+ Pn
2
2
Mu
Pu
0.41 As fy Lw + 0.45
Lw
Vu = 80 kips
per floor
Pu = 100 kips
80 kips
12 ft
960 kip-ft
160 kips
12 ft
20 ft
Vu diagram
2,880 kip-ft
Mu diagram
Pn, kips
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
Mn, ft-kips
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
1.25 Mn
Vu = 160 kips
Mu
1
1.25 3427 kip ft 0.9
required
s
Vsrequired
Avrequired
Vu
160 1.65
Vm =
184.6 = 145.4 kips
0.8
d
= 2 Av fy
s
Vsrequired s
145.4 kips 16 in.
=
=
= 0.202 in.2
0.8 240 in. 60 ksi
d fy
7.63 in.
240 in.
Acknowledgements
This material on masonry was prepared by Prof.
Richard E. Klingner, University of Texas at Austin.
WOOD STRUCTURES
Timber Structures 13 - 1
Objectives of Topic
Understanding of:
Basic wood behavior
Typical framing methods
Main types of lateral force resisting systems
Expected response under lateral loads
Sources of strength, ductility and energy dissipation
Basic shear wall construction methods
Shear wall component behavior
Analysis methods
Code requirements
Timber Structures 13 - 2
Longitudinal
Radial
Wood is orthotropic
Tangential
Timber Structures 13 - 3
Timber Structures 13 - 4
Longitudinal
Sample DFL longitudinal design properties:
Modulus of elasticity: 1,800,000 psi
Tension (parallel to grain): 1,575 psi
Bending: 2,100 psi
Compression (parallel to grain): 1875 psi
Timber Structures 13 - 5
Radial
Tangential
Timber Structures 13 - 6
Tangential
Shrinkage
Wood will shrink with changes
in moisture content.
This is most pronounced in the
radial and tangential directions
(perpendicular to grain).
May need to be addressed in
the LFRS.
(Wood Handbook, p. 58)
Timber Structures 13 - 7
Balloon
floor "platforms."
Floors support walls.
Most common type of
light-frame construction
today.
Economical but creates
discontinuity in the load
path.
Metal connectors
essential for complete
load path.
Walls feature
foundation to roof
framing members.
Floors supported by
ledgers on walls or
lapped with studs.
Not very common
today.
Timber Structures 13 - 8
Timber Structures 13 - 9
Gravity frame
Roof purlins
Roof sheathing
Floor sheathing
Lateral system
Floor joists
Timber Structures 13 - 10
Sill bolts at
pressure treated
sill to foundation
Timber Structures 13 - 11
Rim joist
Sill bolts at
pressure treated
sill to foundation
6 to 8 Stemwall
CMU or Concrete
Timber Structures 13 - 12
PT Slab
Post- tensioning
tendons
Timber Structures 13 - 13
Vertical elements
o
r
G
d
n
u
n
o
i
t
o
M
The basic approach to the lateral design of wood structures is the same as for other structures.
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Timber Structures 13 - 14
Most structures rely on some form of nailed wood structural panels to act as
diaphragms for the horizontal elements of the LFRS (plywood or oriented strand board
OSB).
Capacity of diaphragm varies with sheathing grade and thickness, nail type and size,
framing member size and species, geometric layout of the sheathing (stagger), direction
of load relative to the stagger, and whether or not there is blocking behind every joint to
ensure shear continuity across panel edges.
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Timber Structures 13 - 15
Di r e
c ti o n
of l o
ad
Di
r
h
p
m
g
a
n
u
o
Nailing at diaphragm
boundaries
Nailing at continuous
edges parallel to load
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
r
a
d
Interior or field"
nailing
Diap
hrag
m
bou
n
dary
Timber Structures 13 - 16
Timber Structures 13 - 17
Shear capacities for vertical plywood/OSB diaphragms are also given in the codes, with
similar variables impacting their strength.
Heavy timber braced frames (1997 UBC) and singly or doubly diagonal sheathed walls are
also allowed, but rare.
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Timber Structures 13 - 18
or "conventional"
Timber Structures 13 - 19
Diaphragm Terminology
Edge nailing
Field nailing
Supported Edge
o
Direction
gm
a
r
h
p
a
i
d
f l oad o n
Unblocked Edge
Diaphragm Sheathing
Timber Structures 13 - 20
Timber Structures 13 - 21
Timber Structures 13 - 22
Traditional vertical diaphragm shear walls less effective at high aspect ratios.
Prefabricated proprietary code-approved solutions available.
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Timber Structures 13 - 23
Timber Structures 13 - 24
Timber Structures 13 - 25
Timber Structures 13 - 26
Timber Structures 13 - 27
Timber Structures 13 - 28
Timber Structures 13 - 29
Timber Structures 13 - 30
Also referred to as
Conventional Construction
or Deemed to Comply
Traditionally, many simple wood structures have been designed without "engineering.
Over time, rules of how to build have been developed, most recently in the 2003
International Residential Code (IRC).
For the lateral system, the "dedicated" vertical element is referred to as a braced wall
panel, which is part of a braced wall line.
Based on SDC and number of stories, rules dictate the permissible spacing between
braced wall lines, and the spacing of braced wall panels within braced wall lines.
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Timber Structures 13 - 31
While rules exist for the "dedicated" elements, testing and subsequent analysis has show
these structures do not "calc out" based on just the strength of braced wall panels.
In reality, the strength, stiffness, and energy dissipation afforded by the "nonstructural"
elements (interior and exterior sheathing) equal or exceed the braced wall panels in their
contribution to achieving "life safety" performance in these structures.
Timber Structures 13 - 32
Timber Structures 13 - 33
All horizontal
panel joints
shall occur over
a minimum of
1 blocking
(per R602.10.7)
All vertical
panel joints
shall occur over
studs (per
R602.10.7)
Perimeter
nails at 6 o.c.
(per Table
602.3-1)
Timber Structures 13 - 34
Prescriptive provisions in the 2003 IRC are more liberal than in the 2003 NEHRP Provisions.
The NEHRP Provisions and Commentary can be downloaded from http://www.bssconline.org/. Also
available from FEMA and at the BSSC website is FEMA 232, an up to date version of the
Homebuilders Guide to Earthquake-Resistant Design and Construction.
Timber Structures 13 - 35
Timber Structures 13 - 36
Engineered wood structures are thought of as having good flexibility/ductility, but can
also be quite brittle.
Wood structures can be engineered with either "ductile" nailed wood structural panel
shear walls or "brittle" gypsum board and/or stucco shear walls as their primary LFRS.
Timber Structures 13 - 37
Gypsum board
interior sheathing
and stucco exterior
sheathing: 50 %
Nailed wood
structural panel
shear walls : 50 %
Timber Structures 13 - 38
Gypsum board
interior sheathing
and stucco exterior
sheathing: 70 %
Timber Structures 13 - 39
Gypsum board
interior sheathing
and stucco exterior
sheathing: 30 %
Nailed wood
structural panel
shear walls : 70 %
Timber Structures 13 - 40
Timber Structures 13 - 41
Resisting
Force
Inertial
Force
Ledger
Failure
Timber Structures 13 - 42
Timber Structures 13 - 43
Compression perpendicular to the grain: ductile, but not recoverable during and
event one way crushing similar to tension only braced frame behavior ductile, but
low energy dissipation
Design allowable stress should produce ~0.04 permanent crushing
Timber Structures 13 - 44
Timber Structures 13 - 45
400
300
200
100
0
-100
-200
-300
-400
-500
-600
-0.6 -0.5 -0.4 -0.3 -0.2 -0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
DEFLECTION (INCHES)
Timber Structures 13 - 46
600
2.5
500
400
1.5
300
1
0.5
0
-0.5
-1
-1.5
200
100
0
-100
-200
-300
-2
-400
-2.5
-500
-3
-4
-3
-2
-1
-600
-0.6 -0.5 -0.4 -0.3 -0.2 -0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
DEFLECTION (INCHES)
Timber Structures 13 - 47
0.5
0.6
Timber Structures 13 - 48
NEHRP Methods
Timber Structures 13 - 49
DISPLACEMENT (INCHES)
4
2
0
-2
-4
-6
Timber Structures 13 - 50
DISPLACEMENT (INCHES)
4
2
0
-2
-4
-6
Timber Structures 13 - 51
Timber Structures 13 - 52
Proprietary shear wall systems for light frame construction have been
developed to provide higher useable strength when the AR exceeds 2:1.
Timber Structures 13 - 53
Flexible diaphragm
analysis
Rigid diaphragm
analysis
CR
CG
Timber Structures 13 - 54
CR
CG
Timber Structures 13 - 55
CG
Timber Structures 13 - 56
Wood structural diaphragms are neither "flexible" or "rigid" they are somewhere in
between. "Glued and screwed" floor sheathing makes floors more rigid than flexible.
The nailing of interior wall sill plates across sheathing joints has the same effect.
Exterior walls can act as "flanges", further stiffening the diaphragm.
However, encouraging rigid diaphragm analysis is also encouraging the design of
structures with torsional response may not be a good thing!
Timber Structures 13 - 57
Timber Structures 13 - 58
Load
avg
classified as rigid
Timber Structures 13 - 59
Advanced Analysis
Test 2
8.5
8
7.5
7
6.5
6
5.5
5
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
0
0.25
0.5
0.75
1.25
1.5
1.75
2.25
2.5
2.75
3.25
Timber Structures 13 - 60
3.5
3.75
Advanced Analysis
NLTHA: rules based phenomenological elements fitted to full scale test data to
predict structural response.
Good correlation to simple tests more work needed for complex, full structures.
Timber Structures 13 - 61
Summary
Timber Structures 13 - 62
FOUNDATION DESIGN
Proportioning elements for:
Transfer of seismic forces
Strength and stiffness
Shallow and deep foundations
Elastic and plastic analysis
deflected
shape
soil
pressure
Unmoving soil
Inertial force
EQ on unloaded pile
deflected
shape
soil
pressure
deflected
shape
soil
pressure
EQ Motion
Passive earth
pressure
Shallow
Friction
EQ motion
Deep
Motion
Soil
pressure
Bending
moment
EQ Motion
EQ motion
Instructional Materials Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Overturning
moment
EQ Motion
Reinforced Concrete
Footings: Basic Design
Criteria (concentrically
loaded)
(b)
Critical section
for one-way shear
(c)
Critical section
for two-way shear
d/2
(all sides)
Instructional Materials Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
P
M
(a)
Loading
Footing Subject to
Compression and
Moment: Uplift
Nonlinear
(b)
Elastic, no uplift
(c)
Elastic, at uplift
(d)
Elastic, after uplift
(e)
Some plastification
(f)
Plastic limit
1'-2"
1'-2"
1'-2"
Example
7-story
Building:
Shallow
foundations
designed for
perimeter
frame and
core bracing.
Footings
proportioned
for gravity
loads alone
Corner:
6'x6'x1'-2" thick
Interior:
11'x11'x2'-2" thick
Perimeter:
8'x8'x1'-6" thick
Design of
Footings
for
Perimeter
Moment
Frame
5 at 25'-0"
7 at 25'-0"
Combining Loads
Maximum downward load:
1.2D + 0.5L + E
Minimum downward load:
0.9D + E
Definition of seismic load effect E:
E = 1QE1 + 0.3 2QE2+/- 0.2 SDSD
x = 1.08 y = 1.11 and SDS = 1.0
Reactions
Grid
Dead
Live
Ex
Ey
A-5
P
203.8 k
Mxx
Myy
43.8 k
-3.8 k
53.6 k-ft
-243.1 k-ft
21.3 k
-1011.5 k-ft
8.1 k-ft
A-6
P
103.5 k
Mxx
Myy
22.3 k
-51.8 k
47.7 k-ft
-246.9 k-ft
-281.0 k
-891.0 k-ft
13.4 k-ft
1.11(21.3)) = 159.5 k
Mxx = 0.32(53.6) + 1.11 (-1011.5) = -1106 k-ft
At A-6: P = 0.7(103.5) + 0.75(0.32(-51.8) +
1.11(-281)) = -173.9 k
Mxx = 0.32(47.7) + 1.11(-891) = -974 k-ft
Sum Mxx = 6240 k-ft
Elastic Response
Objective is to set L
and W to satisfy
equilibrium and avoid
overloading soil.
Successive trials
usually necessary.
L
P
R
e
Additive Combination
Given P = 234 k, M =7258 k-ft
Try 5 foot around, thus L = 35 ft, B = 10 ft
Minimum W = M/(L/2) P = 181 k = 517 psf
Try 2 foot soil cover & 3 foot thick footing
W = 245 k; for additive combo use 1.2W
Qmax = (P + 1.2W)/(3(L/2 e)B/2) = 9.4 ksf
Qn = 0.6(3)Bmin = 10.1 ksf, OK by Elastic
Plastic Response
Same objective as for
elastic response.
Smaller footings can
be shown OK thus:
L
P
R
e
Counteracting Case
Given P = -14.4 k; M = 6240
Check prior trial; W = 245 k (use 0.9W)
e = 6240/(220.5 14.4) = 30.3 > 35/2 NG
New trial: L = 40 ft, 5 ft thick
W = 400 k; e = 18.0 ft; plastic Qmax= 8.6 ksf
Qn = 0.6(3)4 = 7.2 ksf, close
Solution is to add 5 k, then e = 17.8 ft and
Qmax = Qn = 7.9 ksf
Additional Checks
Moments and shears for reinforcement
Results for
all SRS
Footings
Middle:
5'x30'x4'-0"
Side:
8'x32'x4'-0"
Corner: 10'x40'x5'-0" w/
top of footing 2'-0" below grade
Design of Footings
for Core-braced 7story Building
12
4
(a)
Plastic
solution
16 (b)
8 Elastic solution
0 pressures (ksf)
Plastic
solution is
satisfactory;
elastic is not;
see linked file
for more
detail.
Pile/Pier Foundations
Pile
cap
Passive resistance
(see Figure 4.2-5)
Pile
p-y springs
(see Figure 4.2-4)
Pile/Pier Foundations
Pile Stiffness:
Short (rigid)
Intermediate
Long
Cap influence
Group action
Soil Stiffness
Linear springs
nomographs e.g.
NAVFAC DM7.2
Nonlinear springs
LPILE or similar
analysis
10,000
1,000
100
Site Class C, depth = 30 ft
Site Class C, depth = 10 ft
10
1
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.8
0.9
1.0
P/Pult
Passive Pressure
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
0
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.04
/H
0.05
0.06
Group Effect
1.0
Group effect factor
s=4D
0.8
s=3D
0.6
s=2D
0.4
s = 1.5 D
0.2
0.0
1
2
3
4
Group size (piles per side)
Depth (ft)
10
15
20
25
Site Class C
Site Class E
30
-5
5
10
Shear, V (kip)
15
Pile
Moment
vs Depth
Depth (ft)
10
15
20
25
Site Class C
Site Class E
30
-1000
-500
0
Moment, M (in.-kips)
500
Pile
Reinforcement
4" pile
embedment
6'-4"
(6) #5
21'-0"
23'-0"
#4 spiral at
3.75 inch pitch
Section A
(6) #5
#4 spiral at
7.5 inch pitch
Section B
(4) #5
#4 spiral at
11 inch pitch
Site Class C
Larger amounts where
moments and shears are
high
Minimum amounts must
extend beyond theoretical
cutoff points
Half spiral for 3D
Section C
Pile Design
12'-4"
4" pile
embedment
(8) #7
#5 spiral at
3.5 inch pitch
20'-0"
Section A
(6) #7
#5 spiral at
3.5 inch pitch
32'-0"
Section B
Site Class E
Substantially more
reinforcement
Full spiral for 7D
Confinement at
boundary of soft and
firm soils (7D up and
3D down)
(4) #7
#4 spiral at
11 inch pitch
Section C
Instructional Materials Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
3" clear at
top and bottom
TOPICS IN PERFORMANCE-BASED
EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING
Introduction 15-1- 1
Topics Covered
Principles of performance-based earthquake engineering
Seismic hazard and seismic risk snalysis
Geotechnical earthquake engineering
Methods of analysis
Pushover-based methods
Nonlinear response history methods
Passive energy systems
Displacement dependent
Velocity dependent
Seismic isolation
Nonbuilding structures
Introduction 15-1- 2
Structural engineering is
the Art of using materials
that have properties which can only be estimated
to withstand forces
that are not accurately known
Introduction 15-1- 3
PERFORMANCE-BASED
ENGINEERING
0.30
0.20
Acceleration, g
0.10
Joes
Beer!
Food!
0.00
-0.10
10
20
30
40
-0.20
-0.30
-0.40
-0.50
Time - Seconds
Performance Approach
The fundamental reason for the creation of a
structure is placed at the forefront.
Innovation is permitted, even encouraged.
Characterization, measurement, and
prediction of performance are fundamental
concepts.
Performance-Based Structural
Engineering
Historical review
Motivation
Communications
ICC Performance Code
Modern trends in
earthquake engineering
Performance levels
Global v local
evaluation
Primary and
secondary
Uncertainty
Performance Requirement
A qualitative statement
of a human need,
usually in the form of an
attribute that some
physical entity, process,
or person should
possess.
Prescriptive:
diameter bolts
spaced no more than 6
feet on center shall
anchor the wood sill of
an exterior wall to the
foundation.
Why Prescriptive?
Simple to design and check.
Simple can be economical.
No need to re-invent the
wheel on every new project.
NBS Format
R
C
E
C
Maximum Loads
U = 1.1 D + 1.45[Q + iFi]
where:
D = dead load
Q mean maximum variable load (= 1.25L, 1.2S,
1.0H, 0.85W, 1.4E, or 1.0T)
i = factor for arbitrary point in time load
Fi = L, S, H, W, E, or T
Performance-based Design
Design specifically
intended to limit the
consequences of one or
more perils to defined
acceptable levels
Perils addressed:
wind, fire, snow,
earthquake, live loads
D I NG
BUIL
CO D
E
Codes typically
prescribe design and
construction rules:
Believed capable of
attaining desired
performance
Largely based on
past poor
performance
BUILDIN
G
CODE
Performance-based Design
Requires the designer
to understand:
Intended
performance
Relationship
between design
features and
performance
Forces the designer to
predict expected
performance given
a design event
Unacceptable
Earthquake Performance Level
Sa
Es
se
n
Ba
si
c
Ob
je
c
tia
tiv
lO
fe
e
ty
bj
ec
Cr
tiv
iti
ca
e
l
FEMA 356
Vision 2000
(new buildings)
FEMA 356
(existing buildings)
Vision 2000
A Framework for Performance
Based Structural Engineering
FEMA 350/351
(steel moment frame
buildings)
Testing
Deemed to Comply
Construction
Performance =
Objective
Ground
Motion
x% - 50 years
Performance
Level
Performance Objectives
For performance-based design to be successful, the
needs of both the client and engineer must be
satisfied.
Engineer -Hazard must be
quantifiable and
performance must
be quantifiable
Performance Objectives
For performance-based design to be successful, both
the client and engineer must be satisfied
Hazard
0.30
0.20
Acceleration, g
0.10
0.00
-0.10
10
20
30
-0.20
-0.30
40
-0.40
-0.50
Time - Seconds
Hazard
Two methods of expression:
Deterministic
Magnitude x earthquake
on y fault
Probabilistic
x % probability of
exceedance in y years
for design event
Easy to understand
but . . .
there is considerable
uncertainty as to how
strong the motion from
such an event actually is.
Probability of Exceedance
Deterministic Hazards
1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
0.12
0.1
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0
-0.02
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
Probabilistic Hazards
Need to move clients to
probabilistic mind set.
Commonly used for other
considerations such as:
Probable occupancy rates,
Probable cost of
construction, and
Probable return on
investment.
Probabilistic Hazards
Low intensity shaking occurs frequently.
Moderate intensity shaking occurs occasionally.
Severe shaking occurs rarely.
Probabilistic Hazards
Probability of exceedance for design event:
10%/50 years
(500 year mean return) traditionally taken as
hazard for life safety protection
2%/50 years
(2,500 year mean return) traditionally taken as
hazard for collapse avoidance
Hazard for economic loss protection can be taken
at any level based on cost-benefit considerations.
MRI
Frequency
50%-50 Year
72 Years
Frequent
20%-50 Year
225 Years
Occasional
Rare
Very Rare
2475 Years
Performance Level
The permissible amount
of damage, given that
design hazards are
experienced.
Risk factors:
Nature of hazard
Number of people
Length of time occupied
Sleep facility
Familiarity
Vulnerable groups
Relationships
Description
II
Normal buildings
III
Hazardous contents
IV
Essential facilities
Perf.
Group I
Severe
Perf.
Group II
Severe
Perf.
Group III
High
Perf.
Group IV
Mod
Severe
High
Mod
Mild
Medium
High
Mod
Mild
Mild
Small
Mod
Mild
Mild
Mild
(v.rare)
Large
(rare)
(frequent)
Flood
Wind
Snow
Ice
Earthquake
20 100
50
25
25
25
Medium
50 500
75
30
50
72
Large
100 SS 100
50
100
475
V. large
500 SS 125
100
200
2475
Performance-Based Structural
Engineering
Historical review
Motivation
Communications
ICC Performance Code
Modern trends in
earthquake engineering
Performance levels
Global v local
evaluation
Primary and
secondary
Uncertainty
Performance-Based Earthquake
Engineering
Two driving factors:
High cost of upgrading existing structures
now considered unsafe
Requires more exacting assessment
High cost of damage and associated impacts
from structural performance in earthquakes
Higher performance criteria
Performance Levels
Engineer -amount of yielding,
buckling, cracking,
permanent deformation that
structure experiences
Standard Structural
Performance Levels
Joes
Beer!
Food!
Operational
0%
Joes
Joes
Beer!
Food!
Immediate
Occupancy
Beer!
Food!
Life
Safety
Damage or Loss
Collapse
Prevention
99%
Operational Level
Joes
Beer!
Food!
Joes
Beer!
Food!
Negligible structural
damage
Occupants safe during
event
Minor nonstructural
damage
Building is safe to
occupy but may not
function
Limited interruption of
operations
Losses < 15%
Joes
Beer!
Food!
Significant structural
damage
Some injuries may
occur
Extensive nonstructural
damage
Building not safe for
reoccupancy until
repaired
Losses < 30%
Joes
Loading Severity
Beer!
Food!
Beer!
Food!
Joes
Beer!
Food!
Structural Displacement
Evaluation Approach
4 - Determine
5 - Determine
drift & component performance
demands
Joes
10-1
10-2
10-3
Beer!
Food!
Lateral Force - V
1 - Select hazard
level
10-4
Joes
Beer!
Food!
LS
10-5
0
.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
CP
Lateral Displacement -
Joes
Joes
Beer!
Food!
Beer!
Food!
Joes
Beer!
Food!
Judging Performance
Acceptability
Acceptance criteria are
indicators of whether
the predicted
performance is
adequate
Local (componentbased)
Global (overall
structure-based)
Force
Actuator
Deflection
Local (Component-based)
Acceptance Criteria
F
Life
Safety
Immediate
Occupancy
D
Collapse
Prevention
Brittle Behavior
(Force Controlled)
Ductile Behavior
(Deformation Controlled)
Collapse
Prevention
Building Configuration
Hierarchy of parts that comprise a building:
Elements
Components
Actions
Elements
Horizontal or vertical
subassemblies that
comprise a structure:
Braced frame
Moment frame
Shear wall
Diaphragm
Components
Individual members that
comprise an element:
Beam
Column
Joint
Brace
Pier
Footing
Damper
Actions
Independent degrees of
freedom associated
with a component, each
with an associated force
and deformation:
Axial force elongation
Moment - rotation
Torsional moment twist
Secondary:
Any element
(component) {action}
that is not required to
provide the buildings
basic lateral
resistance.
May participate
but is not required
to do so.
Plan
Perimeter walls
(Primary)
Elevation
Instructional Materials Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Performance Evaluation
Primary Components
F
IO -
Immediate
occupancy
LS
CP
based on
appearance of
damage
CP - based on loss of
lateral load
resisting capacity
LS - 75 % CP
Life
safety
Collapse prevention
Instructional Materials Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Performance Evaluation
Secondary Components
F
Immediate
occupancy
LS
CP
IO - based on
appearance of
damage
CP - based on
complete failure
of element
LS - 75% CP
Life
safety
Collapse prevention
Instructional Materials Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Collapse
Prevention
4- Find maximum
displacement
t
t
Global capacity
Maximum Displacement
Perception of a Guarantee
It was supposed
to provide
immediate occuancy!!
I followed the
guidelines???
Maybe I
should call
my
attorney!!!
0.5
0
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
16000
Capacity
uncertainty
Demand
Uncertainty
14000
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
0
10
20
30
40
Performance Objectives
Redefined
highly
I am moderately confident
not very
that there is less than x%
chance in 50 years
that damage will be worse than
Immediate occupancy
Collapse prevention
Instructional Materials Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Capacity
uncertainty
LATERAL RESISTANCE ( kips)
16000
14000
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
CU
2000
0
0
10
20
30
40
16000
Demand
Uncertainty
14000
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
DU
2000
0
0
10
20
30
40
=e
k 2
DR
2b
; a = CB e
k 2
DU
2b
; = e
k 2
2
CU + CR
2b
a D
=
C
Procedure
3. Correct predicted
maximum demands
for known inaccuracies
in prediction method
to obtain median estimate
of demand.
aD
Procedure
( a D )
=
C
4. Compute factored
demand to capacity ratio
(DCR)
Confidence
2%
3.0
5%
2.6
10%
2.2
20%
1.9
30%
1.6
40%
1.5
50%
1.3
60%
1.2
70%
1.1
80%
0.95
90%
0.8
95%
0.7
98%
0.5
16000
Capacity
uncertainty
Demand
Uncertainty
14000
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
0
10
20
30
40
16000
Capacity
uncertainty
Demand
Uncertainty
14000
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
0
10
20
30
40
Summary
Performance-based design for earthquake resistance
is possible.
There is considerable uncertainty associated with
prediction of performance.
LRFD approach developed for steel moment frame
buildings allows the engineer to be honest as to
confidence that performance may (or may not) be
achieved.
Communication is more complex but less dangerous.
Extensive work necessary to derive demand and
resistance factors for various structural systems for
general application.
Seismotectonics
Mid-Atlantic Ridge
Fault mechanics
Alpide Belt
Ring of Fire
Continental-Continental Collision
(orogeny)
partially melted
mantle
thin lithosphere
under oceans
( ~ 50 km)
asthenosphere
~ 500 km
Oceanic-Continental Collision
(subduction)
Types of Earthquakes
About 90% of the earth's seismicity occurs
at plate boundaries on faults directly
forming the interface between two plates.
These are called plate-boundary or
interplate earthquakes.
The other 10% occur away from the plate
boundary, in the interior of plates. These
are called intraplate earthquakes.
Plate-boundary Earthquakes
Intraplate Earthquakes
An intraplate earthquake is an earthquake
that occurs along a fault within the stable
region of a plate's interior (SICR). Examples
are the 1811-12 Madrid, MO earthquakes, the
1886 Charleston, South Carolina, earthquake,
and, more recently, the Bhuj, India,
earthquake in 2001.
Infrequent occurrence, poorly understood,
difficult to study.
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
New Madrid
1811, M > 8.0
Charleston
1886, M > 7.0
* Largest historical earthquakes in contiguous United States occurred east of the Mississippi!!
North American
Plate
Pacific
Plate
Figure credit: USGS.
California Seismicity
Seismicity relatively
well understood
Figure Credit:
USGS
Recurring events
along Wasatch
Fault
Southeastern Seismicity
Tennessee relatively active
1886 South Carolina event
not fully explained
Magnetic signature from
North Carolina to Georgia
similar to Charleston area;
same potential?
~ 1 meter
liquefied
sands vented
from below
and eroded
crater
Dark
material is
organic
soil and
matter
outline of crater
Photo credit: S. Obermeier
600 ybp
1250 ybp
3250 ybp
5150 ybp
CHARLESTON &
COASTAL SOUTH
CAROLINA
NEW MADRID
SEISMIC ZONE
Artesian Condition?
Types of Faults
(a) Strike-slip
fault
(b) Normal
fault
(b) normal
fault
(c)reverse
Reverse
fault
(c)
fault
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Time = 40 Years
(strain building)
Time = 0 Years
Fault
Fault
New
Road
New
Fence
Old Fence
Time = 41 Years
(strain energy released)
Fault
Fence offset
from
fault movement
New
Road
Fault
trace
Old Fence
Photo credit: USGS.
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Moment Magnitude
Seismic Moment = MO = A D
where:
= modulus of rigidity (~ 3.5x1011 dynes/cm2 typical)
A = fault rupture area (W x L); where typical L for
big earthquake 100 km, and W 10 to 20 km
D = fault displacement (typical 2 m for big quake)
D
Pr irec
op tio
ag n
at of
io
n
Compression eave
(P wave)
P and
S
waves
Body waves are generated at the source and they radiate in all directions.
As they go through layers, they are reflected, refracted and transformed.
D
Pr irec
op tio
ag n o
at f
io
n
Fault
rupture
D
Pr irec
op tio
ag n o
at f
ion
Di
Pr rect
op ion
ag
at o f
ion
Shear wave
(S wave)
Rayleigh wave
Love wave
Seismic Waves
Particle Motions
Direction of wave
propagation
Vertical Section
SV
SH
SH
SV
P Primary waves
SH Horizontally polarized S waves
SV Vertically polarized S waves
Direction of wave
propagation
Plan View
Rayleigh Love
SV SH
Site A
SV
SV
SH
Vs a > Vs b
SV
SV
soil
SH
SH
SV
Incoming P
rock
Incoming SV
Amplitude and direction of reflected and refracted waves with respect to the
incoming wave is given by Snells Law
Earths crust is layered, with seismic velocities increasing with depth; therefore as
waves approach ground surface wave path will get near-vertical
fault
Incoming SH
Structure/System Considerations
SPECTRAL
ACCELERATION Sa
SPECTRAL
ACCELERATION Sa
PERIOD T
PERIOD T
Structure/System Issues
Place emphasis on issues
important to the specific project.
SA
Period
Example: If this
is not an
important part of
the spectrum,
do not spend
extra time and
effort on issues
that affect this.
Internal systems
Structure/System Considerations
Type of structure (building, embankment dam, etc.)
Type and purpose of analysis (linear elastic?
history? liquefaction?)
time
Deterministic:
The earthquake hazard for the site is a peak
ground acceleration of 0.35 g resulting from an
earthquake of magnitude 7 on the Woodstock
Fault at a distance of 18 miles from the site.
Probabilistic:
The earthquake hazard for the site is a peak
ground acceleration of 0.25 g, with a 2 percent
probability of being exceeded in 50 years.
Source 3
Source 2
Fixed Distance R*
D3
Fixed Magnitude M*
Area
Source
Magnitude M
D1
D2
1
2
3
Closest distance
Anchored in reality.
7.3
7.7
5.0
D
PGA
(km) (g)
23.7 0.42
25.0 0.57
60.0 0.02
Maximum on source
___________
Distance
Source M
Site
4) Hazard at site
1) Sources
Ashley
River
Fault
Site
Area
Source
Woodstock
Fault
(Uncertainty in
locations of
sources & Ms
considered).
3) Ground motion
Peak Acceleration
Peak Acceleration
Source 1
M1
Distance
Magnitude M
4) Probability of exceedance
Considers
uncertainty
M3
Site
Ashley
River
Fault
M2
Probability of Exceedance
1) Sources*
Empirical Gutenberg-Richter
Recurrence Relationship
1000
log m = a bm
100
10
1
0.1
= mean rate of
recurrence
(events/year)
1 / m =
0.01
Uncertainties Included in
Probabilistic Analysis
Attenuation Laws
Recurrence Relationship
Distance to Site
return period
0.001
0.0001
0
Magnitude
10
NS NM NR
y* = vi P[Y > y * m j , rk ] P[ M = m j ] P[ R = rk ]
i =1 j =1 k =1
Poisson Model
The simplest, most used model for
earthquake probability.
P (X = k) = (t)k e-(t)
k!
P = 1 - e-t
where
Poisson Model
Note that the probabilistic earthquake risk level can
be put in the form of an earthquake return interval:
Earthquake Return Period = t/-ln(1-PE)
PE
10%
5%
2%
Return
Period
475
975
2475
t
50 yrs.
50 yrs.
50 yrs.
Time-Dependent Models
Used less than simpler Poisson model
Time-dependent means that the probability of
a large earthquake is small immediately after
the last, and then grows with time.
Such models use various probability density
functions to describe the time between
earthquakes including Gaussian, log-normal,
and Weibull distributions.
Source 3
Source 2
D1=?
Source 1
D2=?
D3
Source 3
Site
M3=?
A3=?
Source 2
Source 1
M2=?
A2=?
Site
M1=?
A1=?
Site
10-1
10-0
10-1
10-2
10-3
Source 2
10-4
10-5
Source 1
Source 3
10-6
10-7
10-8
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
Acceleration, g
Source 1
Source 2
Source 3
0.8
0.6
10% in 50 Year
Elastic Response
Spectrum
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
0.4
PGA = 0.33g
0.2
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
Period, T (sec)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
0.8
0.6
10% in 50 year
Elastic Response
Spectrum
0.8
10-3
10-4
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-8
0.0
0.4
0.6
0.8
0.2
0.0
0.2
0.4
Acceleration, g
Acceleration, g
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0.5
1.5
1.0
Period, T (sec)
0.5
1.0
1.5
Period, T (sec)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Small Nearby
Earthquake
Period
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
ILLINOIS
ILLINOIS
2
PSA (m/s )
Project
Project
Site
Site
For 5% damping
3
2
1
0
0.1
Scenarios A & B
M6@25 km & M7.5 @101 km
Period (sec)
T= 0.1 sec
Scenarios A, B, & C?
M6@25 km, M7.5 @101 km,
and M7.5@ 200 km
Scenarios A & B
selected based on T of
structure (< 1.0 sec.)
T= 1.0 sec
Vertical, fault normal and fault parallel refer to finite fault calculations, and
show 3-orthogonal components of motion, oriented with respect to source
2.5
Spectral Response Acceleration (g)
Earthquake Spectra
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
0
0.5
1.5
2.5
Period (sec)
2% in 50 years
10% in 50 years
____________________________
*2002 versions revised April 2003
2% in 50 years
2% in 50 years
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
PGA
0.2 sec SA
0.3 sec SA
1.0 sec SA
10%PE in 50 yr
3.299764
7.728900
6.178438
2.334019
5%PE in 50 yr
5.207589
11.917400
9.507714
3.601994
2%PE in 50 yr
9.642159
19.921591
16.133711
5.879917
2% in 50 years
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Note differences
between 500-yr
and 2,500-yr EQs
Large
earthquake
s frequent
vs.
Large
earthquakes
rare
compare
St. Louis > 650 mi.
Charleston
US Population Density
compare
Seismicity relatively
well understood
fault
rupture
P and S
waves
Stress drop
Source depth
Size of the rupture area
Slip distribution (amount and distribution of
static displacement on the fault plane)
Rise time (time for the fault slip to
complete at a given point on the fault
plane)
Type of faulting
Rupture directivity
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Effects of Magnitude
Effects of Magnitude
Effects of Distance
Effects of Distance
Regional Effects
0.1
Period, secs.
1.0
Near-source effects:
Directiviity
Fling
Radiation pattern
Fling:
Related to the permanent tectonic
deformation at the site
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Velocity Pulses
Directivity
Two-sided velocity pulse due to constructive
interference of SH waves from generated from
parts of the rupture located between the site and
epicenter; affects fault-normal component
Occurs at sites located close to the fault but away
from the epicenter
Fling
One-sided velocity pulse due to tectonic
deformation; affects fault-parallel component
Occurs at sites located near the fault rupture
independent of the epicenter location
0.9
Acc(g)
Acc(g)
0.1
-0.1
0
6
Time (sec)
10
-0.9
12
10
15
20
Time (sec)
25
30
35
40
10
15
20
Time (sec)
25
30
35
40
10
15
20
Time (sec)
25
30
35
200
40
Vel (cm/s)
Vel (cm/s)
80
0
-40
-80
0
6
Time (sec)
10
-200
12
150
200
Disp (cm)
Disp (cm)
-150
0
6
Time (sec)
10
Acc (g
0.5
0.25
0
-200
12
-0.25
30
35
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
-200
30
35
100
0
-100
-200
-300
-400
-500
30
35
40
45
40
40
45
50
50
45
50
Time (sec)
40
Hazard & Risk Analysis 15-3 - 140
Effects of Fling
fling
TCU05
55
6
fling
TCU05
55
60
fling
TCU05
55
60
Forward directivity
Rupture direction
To Receiver
Backward directivity
Ground Displacement
Towards
Rupture direction
To Receiver
Away
From USACE, 2000
Effect of Directivity
Point Source
Finite Source
rupture direction
Fault Plane
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
A
Site Class
Amplification Fa
2.50
B
C
D
E
2.00
1.50
1.00
0.50
4.00
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
3.50
1.50
Amplification Fv
0.00
0.00
Site Class
B
3.00
C
D
E
2.50
2.00
1.50
1.00
0.50
0.00
0.00
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
Spectral Acceleration, g.
1.05
SMS=FASS=1.2(0.75)=0.9g
0.84
Basic
0.63
SM1=FVS1=1.8(0.30)=0.54g
0.42
for D site
0.21
Base curve
(B site)
0.00
0
Site Amplified
Period, sec.
SDS
SPECTRAL RESPONSE
ACCELERATION Sa
Sa=SD1/ T
SD1
To
Ts
1.0
PERIOD T
Site-Specific, Simplified
Relatively simple (chart-based procedures).
Based on probabilistic motions or deterministic
scenarios.
Can account for regional geological effects
(within 2 km of surface; USGS maps assume
standard depth for B-C boundary and hard
rock).
Accounts for local site (within few hundred feet
of surface) effects in simplified, but more
specific manner.
Better-suited to many geotechnical analyses.
2.
3.
f1 ( M ) Function of Magnitude
f 2 ( R ) Function of Distance
(Sadigh, Chang, Egan, Makdisi, and Youngs; for Rock and Soil)
C1
-0.624
0.110
0.275
0.153
-0.057
-0.298
-0.588
-1.208
-1.705
-2.407
-2.945
-3.700
-4.230
C2
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
C3
0.000
0.006
0.006
-0.004
-0.017
-0.028
-0.040
-0.050
-0.055
-0.065
-0.070
-0.080
-0.100
C4
-2.100
-2.128
-2.148
-2.080
-2.028
-1.990
-1.945
-1.865
-1.800
-1.725
-1.670
-1.610
-1.570
C5
1.296
1.296
1.296
1.296
1.296
1.296
1.296
1.296
1.296
1.296
1.296
1.296
1.296
C6
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
C7
0.000
-0.082
-0.041
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.01
10
1.0 Sec. Spectral Acceleration, G
0.1
10
0.2 Sec. Spectral Acceleration, G
Magnitude
1
4
5
6
7
8
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.001
1
10
100
1000
Magnitude
1
4
5
6
7
8
0.1
0.01
0.001
1
10
100
1000
10
Distance, KM
100
1000
Distance, KM
Distance, KM
Soil
200
300
400
500
600
Soft Rock
700
~12000 ft/s
800
900
Hard Rock
1000
1100
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
101
2.2
10
Spectral Amplification
2.0
10-1
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
10-1
10-2
10-2
10-1
100
Period (sec)
100
Period (sec)
101
101
104
T = 1.0 sec
T = 0.2 sec
103
102
10-1
102
M=8
M=7
M=6
101
10-2
10-2
10-1
100
M=8
M=7
Sa (cm/s2)
Sa (cm/s2)
104
10
M=6
100
M=5
M=5
101
100
101
Period (sec)
102
103
10-2
101
102
rhypo (km)
EPRI (1993)
103
rhypo (km)
400
200
0
-2 0 0
-4 0 0
-6 0 0
0
2
-463 cm/sec
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
600
400
200
0
-2 0 0
-4 0 0
-6 0 0
0
2
-500 cm/sec
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
6 00
4 00
2 00
0
-2 00
-4 00
-6 00
0
-391
cm/sec21 5
10
20
25
30
35
40
45
T im e (s e c )
Time, Seconds
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Recorded
A
Soil
Rock
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
0.01
0.1
1
Period (sec)
10
0.15
acceleration (g)
PSA (g)
site response
deconv.
D
Soil
0.10
0.05
0.00
-0.05
-0.10
-0.15
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
time (sec)
Other corrections
Ensure records are instrument and
base-line corrected, etc.
Boore (1983):
0.35
0.30
PSA (g)
0.25
0.20
0.15
0.10
0.05
0.00
0.01
0.1
10
Period (sec)
b) Synthetic motion
0.15
acceleration (g)
0.10
0.05
0.00
-0.05
-0.10
-0.15
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
time (sec)
4 3
2
1+
c
M=8
Mo : seismic moment
: mass density of earths crust
: shear wave velocity of earths crust
c : corner frequency (2fc)
M=7
acceleration amplitude
Source () =
M=6
Mo
4 3
M=5
fc = 4.91106
Mo
2
1+
c
1
3
0.001
0.01
0.1
10
100
frequency (Hz)
f r
1
Q ( f )
e
r
r = 50 km
r = 100 km
path effect
f r
1 Q( f )
e
r
f0.2
Western US
Q = 200
Q = 680 f0.34 Eastern US
0.001
0.01
Eastern US
Western US
0.1
10
100
frequency (Hz)
acceleration amplitude
r = 100 km
Eastern US
Western US
0.001
0.01
0.1
10
100
frequency (Hz)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
To Receiver
SV
SH
Fault Plane
Sub-fault
sed
As = Sources base
exp( k sbase f ) sed
s
s exp(k s f ).
As = C
(2f ) 2
1 + ( f / fc )2
Ln
As
(2f ) 2
Ln
Asp
(2f )2
sed
sed
s exp(k s f ).
= b k s f + ,
= b k p f + .
Ln ( As / Asp ) = b ( k s k p ) f + .
i
Ln(Y ) =
b j G j af .
j =1
GEOTECHNICAL EARTHQUAKE
ENGINEERING
Typically concerned with:
Determining ground motions especially as to
effects of local site conditions
Liquefaction and liquefaction-related evaluations
(settlements, lateral spreading movements, etc.)
Slope/landslide evaluation
Dams/embankments
Design of retaining structures
Deep and shallow foundation analysis
Underground structures (tunnels, etc.)
Geotechnical 15-4 - 1
Key Reference
Geotechnical 15-4 - 2
Historical Perspective
While many cases of soil effects had been
observed and reported for many years, it was
not until a series of catastrophic failures,
involving landslides at Anchorage, Valdez and
Seward in the 1964 Alaska earthquake, and
extensive liquefaction in Niigata, Japan,
during the earthquake in 1964, caused
geotechnical engineers to become far more
aware of, and eventually engaged in
understanding, these phenomena.
(I. M. Idriss, 2002)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Geotechnical 15-4 - 3
Geotechnical 15-4 - 4
Geotechnical 15-4 - 5
Geotechnical 15-4 - 6
Acceleration
Sand
B
A
Shale
Rock
A
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Geotechnical 15-4 - 7
Geotechnical 15-4 - 8
Amplification Definitions
Free Surface
Outcrop
Soil
Rock
Bedrock
Free Surface
Amplification =
Bedrock
Amplification =
Free Surface
Outcrop
Geotechnical 15-4 - 9
Amplification Definitions
Fourier amplification spectra
a free surface (f )
aoutcrop (f )
Spectral amplification
Geotechnical 15-4 - 10
Geotechnical 15-4 - 11
Geotechnical 15-4 - 12
Geotechnical 15-4 - 13
Geotechnical 15-4 - 14
Geotechnical 15-4 - 15
Geotechnical 15-4 - 16
Geotechnical 15-4 - 17
Geotechnical 15-4 - 18
Geotechnical 15-4 - 19
Geotechnical 15-4 - 20
Geotechnical 15-4 - 21
Geotechnical 15-4 - 22
Geotechnical 15-4 - 23
Geotechnical 15-4 - 24
Geotechnical 15-4 - 25
Geotechnical 15-4 - 26
Geotechnical 15-4 - 27
Geotechnical 15-4 - 28
Geotechnical 15-4 - 29
3.00
A
B
C
D
E
2.00
1.50
1.00
0.50
Site Class
4.00
0.00
0.00
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
A
B
C
D
E
3.50
1.50
Amplification Fv
Amplification Fa
2.50
3.00
2.50
2.00
1.50
1.00
0.50
0.00
0.00
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
Long Period Spectral Accel. S1 (gs)
1.50
Geotechnical 15-4 - 30
Geotechnical 15-4 - 31
Direct P
and S
Waves
Direct P
and S
Waves
3-D
Receivers
Source
3 D Receivers
a. Crosshole Testing
Source
b. Downhole Testing
Fluid-Filled
Borehole
Direct
S Wave
Various
Propagation
Modes (body
and interface
waves)
Horizontal
Receiver
Receiver 1
Receiver 2
Source
d. Suspension Logging
Courtesy of K. H. Stokoe II
Geotechnical 15-4 - 32
Vs
Amplification
Vs
fn =
4H
Deamplification
Figure adapted from Rix, G. J., (2001)
Geotechnical 15-4 - 33
Geotechnical 15-4 - 34
Geotechnical 15-4 - 35
Geotechnical 15-4 - 36
Geotechnical 15-4 - 37
Vertically propagating,
horizontally polarized
shear waves
Calculate the amplitude of
up-going and down-going
waves in each layer by
enforcing the compatibility
of displacements and
stresses at layer interface
Geotechnical 15-4 - 38
Linear Analysis
Charleston SC Profile
(Wheeler and Cramer,
2000)
Fourier Amplification
10
8
Constant Vs (i.e., G)
and D (i.e., Q)
6
4
2
10-2
10-1
100
101
Frequency (Hz)
Geotechnical 15-4 - 39
0.8
G / Gmax
Start with
G = Gmax and
D = Dinit
0.6
PI
PI
PI
PI
PI
PI
0.4
0.2
=0
= 15
= 30
= 50
= 100
= 200
0.0
10 -4
10 -3
10 -2
10 -1
10 0
10 1
10 -2
10 -1
10 0
10 1
Linear
site response
analysis
Calculate
G = G(eff)
and D(eff)
25
20
15
PI
PI
PI
PI
PI
PI
=
=
=
=
=
=
0
15
30
50
100
200
10
0
10 -4
10 -3
No
Calculate max
and eff
in each layer
eff = 0.65max
G and D
consistent
with eff?
Yes
Output
Geotechnical 15-4 - 40
Fourier Amplification
10
Charleston SC Profile (Wheeler and
Cramer, 2000)
10-2
10-1
100
101
Frequency (Hz)
Geotechnical 15-4 - 41
Response Spectra
0
0
0.5
1.5
2.5
Period (sec)
Geotechnical 15-4 - 42
Shear Stress
Nonlinear Analysis
Shear Strain
Geotechnical 15-4 - 43
Geotechnical 15-4 - 44
Geotechnical 15-4 - 45
Geotechnical 15-4 - 46
Geotechnical 15-4 - 47
Gmax = Vs2
Nonlinear soil behavior
Modulus reduction curve
Gsec
Gmax
= f ( cyclic )
1 W
= f ( cyclic )
4 W
W
Geotechnical 15-4 - 48
Laboratory Methods
Resonant column
Torsional shear
Cyclic simple shear
Cyclic triaxial
Bender elements
Geotechnical 15-4 - 49
In Situ Methods
Invasive methods
Noninvasive methods
Crosshole
Refraction
Downhole/SCPT
High-resolution seismic
reflection
Geotechnical 15-4 - 50
Direct P
and S
Waves
Direct P
and S
Waves
3-D
Receivers
Source
3 D Receivers
a. Crosshole Testing
b. Downhole Testing
Source
Fluid-Filled
Borehole
Direct
S Wave
Horizontal
Receiver
Courtesy of K. H. Stokoe II
Various
Propagation
Modes (body
and interface
waves)
Receiver 1
Receiver 2
Source
d. Suspension Logging
Geotechnical 15-4 - 51
G / Gmax
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
PI = 0
PI = 15
PI = 30
PI = 50
PI = 100
PI = 200
0.0
10-4
10-3
10-2
10-1
100
101
Hwang (1997)
25
20
15
EPRI (1993)
PI = 0
PI = 15
PI = 30
PI = 50
PI = 100
PI = 200
10
0
10-4
10-3
10-2
10-1
100
101
Geotechnical 15-4 - 52
Liquefaction
If a saturated sand is subjected to ground
vibrations, it tends to compact and decrease in volume.
If drainage is unable to occur, the tendency to
decrease in volume results in an increase in
pore pressure.
If the pore water pressure builds up to the point at
which it is equal to the overburden pressure, the
effective stress becomes zero, the sand loses its
strength completely, and liquefaction occurs.
Seed and Idriss
Geotechnical 15-4 - 53
Geotechnical 15-4 - 54
Geotechnical 15-4 - 55
Geotechnical 15-4 - 56
Geotechnical 15-4 - 57
Geotechnical 15-4 - 58
Lateral Spreading
Sand
boils
Liquefied
soil
Unliquefied
soil
Geotechnical 15-4 - 59
Geotechnical 15-4 - 60
Geotechnical 15-4 - 61
Geotechnical 15-4 - 62
Geotechnical 15-4 - 63
Geotechnical 15-4 - 64
Liquefaction Damage
In the 1994 Northridge earthquake,
homes damaged by liquefaction or ground
failure were 30 times more likely to
require demolition than those homes only
damaged by ground shaking (ABAG)
In the 1995 Kobe Japan Earthquake,
significant damages occurred to port
facilities due to liquefaction; after almost
10 years post trade still 10-15% off
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Geotechnical 15-4 - 65
Key Reference
Youd et al. 2001. Liquefaction Resistance
Of Soils: Summary Report from the 1996
NCEER and 1998 NCEER/NSF Workshops on
Evaluation of Liquefaction Resistance of
Soils, Journal of Geotechnical and
Geoenvironmental Engineering, October, pp.
817-833.
Geotechnical 15-4 - 66
Liquefaction Analysis
Saturated loose sands, silty sands, sandy
silts, nonplastic silts, and some gravels are
susceptible to liquefaction in an earthquake.
FACILITY
Potentially Liquefiable
Soil
BEDROCK
Shear Waves from
EQ Source
Geotechnical 15-4 - 67
Liquefaction Analysis
A quantified measure of seismically induced
shaking within a soil profile is termed the
earthquake demand. The most commonly
used measure of demand in current practice
is the cyclic stress ratio (CSR).
The soils ability to resist this shaking without
liquefaction is determined by one or more
methods, and is indicated by its cyclic
resistance ratio (CRR).
Geotechnical 15-4 - 68
Geotechnical 15-4 - 69
Liquefaction Analysis
Step 2 -- Determine the cyclic shear stress ratio, CSR,
according to:
ave
amax vo
CSR =
rd
= 0.65
vo '
g vo '
in which
ave = average cyclic shear stress
vo = vertical effective stress (total vertical stress minus
the pore water pressure) at the depth of interest
vo = total vertical stress at the depth of interest
g = acceleration due to gravity
rd = depth reduction factor (see Figure 1)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Geotechnical 15-4 - 70
Geotechnical 15-4 - 71
Liquefaction Analysis
Step 3 -- Determine the soil resistance to
liquefaction, CRR.
CRR can be determined from the results of Standard
Penetration Tests (SPT) see Figure 2, Cone
Penetration Tests (CPT) see Figure 3, or Shear
Wave Velocity Measurements (Vs) - see Figure 4, may
be used. Characteristics and comparisons of these
test methods are given in Table 1.
The SPT N-value method is described here for
level ground.
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Geotechnical 15-4 - 72
Geotechnical 15-4 - 73
Liquefaction Analysis
Step 4 -- Determine SPT N-values at several depths over the range
of interest. These values must be corrected to account for depth
(overburden pressure) and several other factors as listed in Table 2 to
give the normalized penetration resistance (N1)60 which corresponds to
a hammer efficiency of 60%.
(N1 )60 = N CN CE CB CR CS
where:
N = measured penetration resistance, blows per foot
CN = correction for overburden pressure = (Pa/vo)0.5
Pa = atmospheric pressure in same units as vo= 1 tsf,
100 kPa, 1 kg/cm2
CE = energy correction (see Table 2)
CB = borehole diameter correction (see Table 2)
CR = correction for rod length (see Table 2)
CS = correction for sampling method (see Table 2)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Geotechnical 15-4 - 74
Test Variable
Overburden Pressure1
Term
Correction
CN
(Pa/ vo)0.5
CN 1.7
Energy Ratio
Donut Hammer
Safety Hammer
Automatic-Trip
DonutType Hammer
CE
0.5 to 1.0
0.7 to 1.2
0.8 to 1.3
Borehole Diameter
65 mm to 115 mm
150 mm
200 mm
CB
1.0
1.05
1.15
Rod Length2
<3m
3 m to 4 m
4 m to 6 m
6 m to 10 m
10 m to 30 m
> 30 m
CR
0.75
0.8
0.85
0.95
1.0
>1.0
Sampling Method
Standard Sampler
Sampler without Liners
CS
1.0
1.1 to 1.3
Geotechnical 15-4 - 75
Liquefaction Analysis
Step 5 -- Locate (N1)60 on Figure 2. If the
earthquake magnitude is 7.5 and the depth of the
point being evaluate corresponds to an effective
overburden pressure of 1 tsf, 100 kPa, or 1
kg/cm2, then the cyclic resistance ratio (CRR) is
given by the corresponding value from the curve
that separates the zones of liquefaction and no
liquefaction (note that the appropriate curve to use
depends on the fines content of the soil).
Geotechnical 15-4 - 76
Liquefaction Analysis
Step 6 -- If the effective overburden pressure (vo) is greater than
1 tsf, 100 kPa or 1 kg/sq. cm, then the CRR should be reduced
according to Figure 5 by:
(CRR) (vo) = (CRR) (vo)=1 x K
If the earthquake magnitude is less than 7.5, then the CRR
should be increased according to:
(CRR)M<7.5 = (CRR)M=7.5 x MSF
The Magnitude Scaling Factor (MSF) is given by the shaded zone
in Figure 6. Similarly, if the magnitude is greater than 7.5, then
the CRR should be reduced according to the relationship in
Figure 4.
Geotechnical 15-4 - 77
Liquefaction Analysis
Step 7 --If the soil contains more than 5% fines, Fines content (FC
corrections for soils with >5% fines may be made using (with
engineering judgment and caution) the following relationships.
(N1)60cs is the clean sand value for use with base curve in Fig. 2.
(N1)60cs = + (N1)60
=0
for FC 5%
= exp[1.76 (190/FC2)]
for 5% FC 35%
= 5.0
for FC 35%
= 1.0
for FC 5%
= [0.99 + (FC1.5/1000)]
for 5% FC 35%
= 1.2
for FC 35%
Geotechnical 15-4 - 78
Liquefaction Analysis
Step 8 -- The factor of safety against liquefaction
is defined by:
FSLIQN = CRR/CSR
Typically want FS >1.35 or so.
Geotechnical 15-4 - 79
Test Type
SPT
CPT
Vs
Abundant
Abundant
Limited
Sparse
Type of stress-deformation
in test
Partly
drained,
large strain
Drained,
large
strain
Small
strain
Quality control,
repeatability
Poor to
good
Very good
Good
Partly
drained,
large
strain
Poor
Detection of heterogeneity
Good if tests
closely
spaced
Very good
Fair
Fair
Gravel free
Gravel free
All
Gravelly
soil
Yes
No
No
Possibly
Index
Index
Property
Index
No
Yes
Yes
No
BPT
Geotechnical 15-4 - 80
Geotechnical 15-4 - 81
Geotechnical 15-4 - 82
Geotechnical 15-4 - 83
Geotechnical 15-4 - 84
Geotechnical 15-4 - 85
Liquefaction Remediation
Basic approach is to either increase
capacity (i.e., increase density, bind
particles together), or decrease demand
(i.e., soil reinforcement)
Recent studies indicate cost/benefit
ratio of liquefaction and site remediation
is generally > 1.0
Excellent summary of performance and
techniques available from:
http://www.ce.berkeley.edu/~hausler/home.html
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Geotechnical 15-4 - 86
Geotechnical 15-4 - 87
Geotechnical 15-4 - 88
Geotechnical 15-4 - 89
Geotechnical 15-4 - 90
Geotechnical 15-4 - 91
Geotechnical 15-4 - 92
Vibrocompaction/Vibroreplacement
Geotechnical 15-4 - 93
Vibrocompaction/Vibroreplacement
Geotechnical 15-4 - 94
Vibroreplacement
Geotechnical 15-4 - 95
Vibrocompaction in Charleston, SC
Geotechnical 15-4 - 96
Geotechnical 15-4 - 97
Geotechnical 15-4 - 98
Geotechnical 15-4 - 99
Pseudostatic Analysis
stability is related to the
resisting forces (soil strength)
and driving forces (inertial
forces)
C-of-G
khW
W
Displacement Analysis
= friction coefficient
S=N
Estimate the acceleration (i.e. kh) that would overcome the available friction and
start moving the block down the plane critical acceleration, yield acceleration
Bracket the acceleration time history with yield acceleration in one direction (i.e.
downward movement only), double integrate the portion of the acceleration
history to estimate permanent displacement
Or use simplified charts to relate permanent displacements to yield acceleration
and peak ground acceleration
Displacement Analysis
d =3
100
vm 2 k y
km g km
d = 0.5
vm 2 k y
km g km
10
d = 0.5
vm 2 k y k y
1
k m g km km
dr = d
0.1
0.01
km g
vm 2
d r : normalized displacement
d : permanent displacement
v m : peak ground velocity
k y : yield acceleration (in g's)
k m : peak ground acceleration (in g's)
0.1
Inertial
force
Seismic force
(ground movement)
Inertial
force
TOTAL
MOMENTS
ON PILES
Earthquake Motions
coast line
(Charleston)
160 km
~1 km
Hard Rock
Charleston, SC
Columbia, SC
Vs, m/s
Vs, m/s
0
400
800
1200
1600
2000
2400
2800
3200
3600
400
800
1200
1600
2000
2400
2800
3200
3600
SANDY
DEPOSITS
100
100
IBC 2003
ASSUMPTION
200
200
300
300
500
600
400
Depth, m
Depth, m
400
COOPER
MARL/COASTAL
PLAIN WEDGE
BASEMENT
CRYSTALLINE ROCK
(3450 m/s)
SANDY
DEPOSITS
IBC 2003
ASSUMPTION
BASEMENT
CRYSTALLINE
ROCK (3450 m/s)
500
600
700
700
800
800
900
900
1000
1000
1.8
1.6
Unconservative
here
1.4
PSA, g
1.2
Site-specific time
history analysis
1.0
0.8
0.6
Over-conservative
here
0.4
0.2
0.0
0.01
0.1
10
Period, seconds/cycle
Effect unique to
central United States
2.0
1.8
Unconservative
here
1.6
1.4
PSA, g
1.2
1.0
Site-specific
time history
analysis
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0.01
0.1
10
Period, seconds/cycle
100
Soil
200
300
400
500
600
Soft Rock
700
~12000 ft/s
800
900
1000
Hard Rock
1100
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
coast line
(Charleston)
160 km
~1 km
Hard Rock
Charleston
0
2
Depth (km)
Depth (km)
< 0.04
Q = 200
3
S
Velocity (km/s)
= 0.05
Q = 30
< 0.01
Q = 800
Velocity (km/s)
Q=30, K=0.05
Soft
Rock
Hard
Rock
0.40
0.35
PSA (g)
0.30
0.25
Site-specific Design
Spectrum
0.20
0.15
0.10
0.05
0.00
0
Period (sec)
__________
* Includes effect of coastal plain sediments plus near-surface soils
in top 30 m. Plots developed for typical site in coastal SC
?
0
100
B
C
Soil
200
300
400
500
600
Soft Rock
700
~12000 ft/s
800
900
1000
Hard Rock
1100
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Summary
Losses from earthquakes continue to
exceed those from other natural hazards
(with the exception of megadisasters like
Hurricane Katrina).
Poor soils tend to increase damages from
earthquakes.
Earthquake soil mitigation, especially for
soil liquefaction, is effective.
Summary
Current IBC 2003 procedures are based on
WUS practice and experience.
IBC provisions may not yet adequately
account for unique CEUS conditions.
Soil conditions in CEUS increase hazard.
Disclaimer
The design ground motion cannot be predicted.
Even if the motion can be predicted it is unlikely
than we can precisely predict the response. This is
due to the rather long list of things we do not know
and can not do, as well as uncertainties in the things
we do know and can do.
T Ts
Linear
Resp. Hist.
Nonlinear
Resp. Hist.
Regular
Structures
Analysis Method
YES YES
YES
Linear
Static
Response
Spectrum
YES
YES YES
YES
YES
NO YES
YES
YES
NO YES
YES
YES
Nonlinear
Static
Nonlinear
Dynamic
YES YES
YES
YES
Weak
Column
NO
NO
YES
YES
Any
Condition
NO
NO
YES
YES
Strong
Column
NO YES
NO
YES
Weak
Column
NO
NO
NO
YES
Any
Condition
NO
NO
NO
YES
(Collapse Prevention)
T Ts
Regular
Irregular
T > Ts
Regular
Irregular
Analysis Method
Linear
Static
Linear
Dynamic
Definition for
Elements and Components
Secondary
Component
Primary
Element
Primary
Component
Primary elements or components are critical to the buildings ability to resist collapse
Soil-Structure-Foundation System
Structural (Primary) Components and Elements
Nonstructural (Secondary) Components and Elements
Mechanical Systems (if performance of such
Phenomenological Model
Actual
Model
Lumped Plastic
Hinge
M
Hinge
Hysteretic
Behavior
Macroscopic Model
Actual
Slice
Model
Axial Stress
Fiber
Cross Section
Fiber
Material
Hysteretic
Behavior
Axial Strain
F
Outline of
Robust Hyst.
Simple Yielding
(Robust)
Loss of Stiffness
Pinched
Buckling
NONLIN
F = kD + (1 ) Fy Z
&
& Z > 0
k
D
Z
if
D
(
1
)
Z& =
&
Fy D otherwise
Fy
=50
=4
=2
The NONLIN-Pro
Structural Analysis Program
The DRAIN-2DX
Structural Analysis Program
DRAIN-2DX Capabilities/Limitations
DRAIN-2DX Capabilities/Limitations
d
Comp.
Yield
d
Comp.
Buckle
Elastic Component
j
Yielding Component
(Rigid-Plastic)
deformation possible
Load Path
Bending
Moment
Note: Diagram is for steel
sections. NOo interaction
and reinforced concrete type
interaction is also possible
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Load Path
Bending
Moment
Bending
Moment
DRAIN 2Dx
Connection Element
Zero Length Element
Translational or Rotational Behavior
Variety of Inelastic Behavior, including:
Bilinear yielding with inelastic unloading
Bilinear yielding with elastic unloading
Inelastic unloading with gap
Rotation
Compound
Node with
Spring
Simple
Node
Compound
Node without
Spring
Moment
DRAIN-2Dx
M
Ram Perform
Very Large
Initial Stiffness
Rotation
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
What is OpenSees?
OpenSees is a multi-disciplinary open source
structural analysis program.
Created as part of the Pacific Earthquake
Engineering Research (PEER) center.
The goal of OpenSees is to improve modeling
and computational simulation in earthquake
engineering through open-source
development
OpenSees Modules
Modelbuilder - Performs the creation of the finite
element model
Analysis Specifies the analysis procedure to
perform on the model
Recorder Allows the selection of user-defined
quantities to be recorded during the analysis
Domain Stores objects created by the Modelbuilder
and provides access for the Analysis and Recorder
modules
Elements
Truss elements
Corotational truss
Elastic beam-column
Nonlinear beam-column
Zero-length elements Quadrilateral elements
Brick elements
Sections
Elastic section
Uniaxial section
Fiber section
Section aggregator
Plate fiber section
Bidirectional section
Elastic membrane plate section
Elastic perfectly
Elastic perfectly plastic
Hardening
Concrete01
Elastic-No tension
Fedeas
OpenSees Applications
Structural modeling in 2 or 3D, including
linear and nonlinear damping, hysteretic
modeling, and degrading stiffness elements
Advanced finite element modeling
Potentially useful for advanced earthquake
analysis, such as nonlinear time histories and
incremental dynamic analysis
Open-source code allows for increased
development and application
OpenSees Disadvantages
No fully developed pre or post processors yet
available for model development and
visualization
Lack of experience in applications
Code is under development and still being
fine-tuned.
OpenSees Homepage:
http://opensees.berkeley.edu/OpenSees/related.html
Vc H/L
Continuity
Plate
L
L
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Vc
FCF
FGF
FGF
Vc H
L
Vc H
L
FGF
FGF
FCF
Vc
FCF
L
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
VP = Vc
(1 )
(1 )
P = Vc
Lt P
This
Yielding
In Panel Zone
Krawinkler
Model
Panel Spring
H
H
Flange Spring
L
L
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Girder CL
Offset
Simple Hinge
Rigid
Bars (typical)
Simple Hinge
Panel Zone
Flange Hinge
10
8,9
7
1
2,3
5,6
22-24
18,21
15-17
1-3
4-7
8-10
11-14
Moment-Rotation Relationships in
Krawinkler Model
Moment, M
Total
yP
Panel Component
Flange Component
yF
yP
yF
Hinge Rotation,
Moment-Rotation Relationships in
Krawinkler Model (Alternate)
Moment, M
Total
yP
yF
Panel Component
PK
yP
Flange Component
yF
Hinge Rotation,
M yP , K = 0.6 FyLH (t wc + t d )
K P , K = GLH (t wc + t d )
yP , K =
0.6 Fy
G
My P , K = 0.6 FyLH (t wc + t d )
Volume of Panel
K P , K = GLH (t wc + t d )
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
yF , K = 4 yP, K
K Scissors
K Krawinkler
=
2
(1 )
M y , Scissors =
M y , Krawinkler
(1 )
Physical
H
Shear Force
Vy
V
Excluding P-Delta
*
y
Including P-Delta
P
KG =
H
KE =
Vy
K = K E + KG
Displacement
Shear Force
VY
Excluding P-Delta
*
Y
Including P-Delta
P y
Vy H
V = V y (1 )
*
y
Displacement
Displacement, Inches
2.0
1.0
0.0
-1.0
KG = -50 k/in
KG = 0 k/in
KG = +50 k/in
-2.0
-3.0
0.0
2.0
4.0
6.0
8.0
Time, seconds
10.0
12.0
14.0
Large P-
Linearized
Small P-
Large P-
Consistent
Consistent
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
D
Lateral Column
Leaner Column
D
Lateral Column
Leaner Column
Tributary
P-Delta Loads
Slaving
Slaving
Slaving
Activate
Geometric
Stiffness
in these
Columns
Only.
Roof Disp
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Roof Disp
P-Delta Shear
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Capacity Curve
Modal
Acceleration
Base
Shear
Roof Displacement
Modal Displacement
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Target
Displacement
Spectral Displacement
K = M 2
1
1
R=
.
1
u = y
y1
y
2
y=
= [1 2 3 ... n ]
.
yn
M&y& + Cy& + Ky = MRu&&g
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
M = M
T
i Mi = mi
T
i Ci = ci
T K = K *
i K i = k i
C = C
T
*
i i
*
i i
ci*
= 2 i i
*
mi
ki*
2
= i
*
mi
i MR
&y&i + 2 i i y& i + yi = T
u&&g = i u&&g
i Mi
T
2
i
i MR
&y&i + 2 i i y& i + yi = T
u&&g = i u&&g
i Mi
T
i MR
i = T
i Mi
T
1=1.4
1.0
1=1.6
1.0
1.0
SDOF system
y1 (t ) = 1 Di (t )
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
yi (t ) = i Di (t )
If we use a response spectrum:
yi ,max = i Di ,max
yi (t ) = i Di (t )
Recalling
ui (t ) = i yi (t )
Substituting
ui (t ) = ii Di (t )
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Fi (t ) = Kui (t ) = i Ki Di (t )
Recall
Ki = Mi
2
i
Fi (t ) = i Mi Di (t ) = i Mi ai (t )
2
i
Fi ( t ) = Si ai ( t )
where
Si = i Mi
Vi = Fi R
T
T
i i
a (t )
Vi ( t ) = M
i i
Effective Modal Mass:
[
]
MR
i
M i = T
i Mi
T
M i
Important Note:
does NOT depend on mode
shape scaling
1.0
M 1
= 0 .9
M Total
1.0
M 1
= 0 .8
M Total
1.0
S
=
M
i ,k i
k =1
S1 = 1.060
0.600
S
k =1
1, k
= 2.927
0
1.0 0
M = 0 1.1 0
0
0 1.2
0.338
S 2 = 0.223
0.428
S
k =1
0.071
S 3 = 0.183
0.172
2,k
= 0.313
S
k =1
3, k
= 0.060
1.0
S1 + S 2 + S 3 = 1.1
1.2
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
ui (t ) = ii Di (t )
From Response-History
or Response Spectrum
Analysis
a (t )
Vi ( t ) = M
i i
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Modal Acceleration:
D1 (t ) =
u1,roof (t )
11,roof
V1 (t )
a1 (t ) =
M 1
u1,roof (t ) = 11,roof D1 (t )
D1(t)
V
First Mode SDOF System
(modal coords)
V
First Mode System (natural coords)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Acceleration
M
1
Base
Shear
Pushover Curve
Roof
Displacement
Capacity Curve
Modal Displacement
u1 (t )
D1 (t ) =
11,roof
Continue
Until
Sufficient
Load or
Displacement
is obtained.
Moment
MG
A,B
Rotation
Roof Displacement
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Total
Load = V
Moment
B
B
A Rotation
B
Total
Load = V
A
B
Rotation
Roof Displacement
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Total
Load = V
Rotation
M G ,i + i M L , i = M P ,i
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Analysis 2b
Adjust Load to First Yield
Base Shear
Old Tangent
Stiffness
New Tangent
Stiffness
1
1
Roof Displacement
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Analysis 3a
Modify System Stiffness Apply Remainder of Load
Base Shear
VR=V(1-1)
1
1
Roof Displacement
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Total
Load = (1-1)V
Analysis 3b
Adjust Load to Second Yield
Base Shear
Old Tangent
Stiffness
New Tangent
Stiffness
2
1
2
1
Roof Displacement
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Analysis 4a
Modify System Stiffness Apply Remainder of Load
Base Shear
VR
2
1
2
1
Roof Displacement
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Analysis 4b
Adjust Load to Third Yield
Base Shear
Old Tangent
Stiffness
New Tangent
Stiffness
3
2
1
2
3
Roof Displacement
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Analysis 5a..
Base Shear
VR
3
2
1
2
3
Roof Displacement
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Acceleration
M
1
Base
Shear
Pushover Curve
Capacity Curve
ACTUAL
SIMPLIFIED
Roof
Displacement
Modal Displacement
u (t )
D1 ( t ) = 1
11,roof
Target
Displacement
Spectral Displacement
F
Area=ED
FD
Area=ES
FS
K
ED = FD u
= Cu
2 2
= 2m u
2
ES = 0.5 Fs u
2
= 0.5 Ku
= 0.5m u
2
ED
=
4ES
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
FS
Area=ED
Area=ES
ED = FD u
1
ES = Fs u
2
ED
FD
=
=
4ES 2 FS
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
ED
FD
=
=
4ES 2 FS
Note:
System must be in steady state harmonic
RESONANT response for this equation to work.
10000
Force, Kips
5000
-5000
Spring
Damper
-10000
-15000
-6
-4
-2
Displacement, Inches
1500
1000
Force, Kips
500
-500
-1000
Spring
Damper
-1500
-2000
-1.00
-0.50
0.00
0.50
1.00
Displacement, Inches
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
ED
FD
Results from NONLIN Using: =
=
4ES 2 FS
System Period = 0.75 seconds
Harmonic Loading
Target Damping Ratio 5% Critical
Loading
Period
(sec)
0.50
0.75
1.00
Damping
Force
(k)
118
984
197
Spring
Force
(k)
787
9828
2251
Damping
Ratio
%
7.50
5.00
3.75
Resonant
ED
FD
=
Results from NONLIN Using: =
4ES 2 FS
System Period = 0.75 seconds
Harmonic Loading
Target Damping Ratio 20% Critical
Loading
Period
(sec)
0.50
0.75
1.00
Damping
Force
(k)
430
999
1888
Spring
Force
(k)
717
2498
5666
Damping
Ratio
%
30.0
20.0
16.7
Resonant
ES
ED
Viscous System
EH
Yielding System
EH
4ES
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Rigid
Rigid
System Energy
Dissipation
ES
EH
ES
ED
u
Advanced Analysis 15-5b - 53
Posin(Inelt) =
Initial
Stiffness k
k
m
Resonant Frequency:
Inelastic
2
=
( 0.5 sin 2 )
= cos (1 2
1
F
Fy
k
uy
umax
ksec
umax
uy
umax
4u y
=
P
4 o
ku y
Posin(t)
Initial
Stiffness k
Resonant Frequency:
sec
ksec
=
m
u max
Po
=
2 sec ksec
Fy
ksec
uy
umax
sec
Equivalent Damping:
uy
1
= 0.637(1
) = 0.637(1 )
umax
K
Fmax
Fy
K
u
ksec
uy
sec 0.637
umax
( Fy umax Fmax u y )
Fmax umax
K
Fmax
Fy
K
u
ksec
uy
Equiv
umax
uy
Fy
1
1
0.637
= 0.637
Fmax u max
( 1) + 1
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
=0.0
0.5
0.4
=0.05
0.3
=0.10
=0.15
0.2
=0.20
0.1
0
1
Ductility Demand
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
600
800
1000
Ductility Demand
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0.00
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.25
Total = 5 + Equiv
Robust
Moderately
Robust
Short
=1
= .7
= .7
Long
= .7
= .33
= .33
Shaking Duration
Pinched
Or Brittle
5 10 20
1.0
30
40
F/Fy
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
U/Uy
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
5 10 20
1.0
40
30
F/Fy
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
u/uy
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Pseudoacceleration Spectrum in
Traditional Format
1.2
SDS
Pseudoacceleration, g
1.0
0.8
0.6
SD1/T
0.4
0.2
0.0
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
Period, Seconds
T=.50
T=1.0
Pseudoacceleration, g
1.0
T=1.5
0.8
0.6
T=2.0
0.4
T=3.0
0.2
T=4.0
0.0
0.0
5.0
10.0
15.0
20.0
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0
10
20
30
40
50
T=1.0
T=.50
5% Damping
1.0
Pseudoacceleration, g
T=1.5
10%
0.8
20%
30%
0.6
T=2.0
40%
0.4
T=3.0
0.2
T=4.0
0.0
0
10
15
20
Pseudoacceleration, g
1.0
10%
0.8
20%
5%
30%
0.6
10%
40%
20%
30%
0.4
40%
0.2
0.0
0
10
15
20
40%
30% 20%
10%
5%
5% Damping
Pseudoacceleration, g
10%
20%
0.3
30%
0.2
40%
0.1
Target Disp
= 6.2 in.
0.0
0
10
(1 Ts / T1 )
Ci =
+ (Ts / T1 )
Rd
TS = S D1/ S DS
1.5 R
Rd =
0
Sa
Ts
T
Advanced Analysis 15-5b - 72
laboratory tests
Maximum story drift may be as high as 1.25
times standard limit
Nonlinear Analysis must be Peer Reviewed
Te
t = C0C1C2C3 S a 2 g
4
Spectral
Displacement
t = Target Displacement
C0 = Modification factor to relate roof displacement
to first mode spectral displacement.
C1 = Modification factor to relate expected maximum
inelastic displacement to displacement calculated from
elastic response (similar to NEHRP Provisions Ci)
Te
t = C0C1C2C3 S a 2 g
4
C2 = Modification factor to represent effect of pinched
hysteretic loop, stiffness degradation, and strength
loss.
C3 = Modification factor to represent increased displacements
due to dynamic P-Delta effect
Discussion of Assumptions
1. Dynamic effects are ignored
2. Duration effects are ignored
3. Choice of lateral load pattern
4. Only first mode response included
5. Use of elastic response spectrum
6. Use of equivalent viscous damping
7. Modification of response spectrum
for higher damping
Acceleration, in/sec/sec
100
50
0
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
Error, Percent
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
0.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
Posin(t)
Initial
Stiffness k
Resonant Frequency:
sec
ksec
=
m
F
Fy
ksec
umax
Equivalent Damping:
uy
sec = 0.637(1
)
umax
umin
umax
umin
umax
umin
umax
Target
Displacement
Spectral Displacement
Base Shear/Weight
or Pseudoacceleration (g)
Inelastic Spectrum based Demand Curve
for ductility demand of X.
Target
Displacement
Spectral Displacement
Conclusions (continued)
First mode SDOF estimates of roof displacements due to
individual ground motions can be alarmingly small (as low
as 0.31 to 0.82 times exact) to surprisingly large (1.45 to 2.15
times exact).
Errors increase when P-Delta effects are included. (Note: the
method includes P-Delta effects only in the first mode).
The large errors arise because for individual ground motions
the first mode SDOF system may underestimate or overestimate
the residual deformation due to yield-induced permanent drift.
The error is not improved significantly by including higher mode
contributions. However, the dispersion is reduced when elastic
or nearly elastic systems are considered.
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
No rational basis
Does not include P-Delta effects in higher modes
Can not consider differences in hysteretic behavior of
individual components
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 1
Nonlinear Dynamic
Response History Analysis
Principal Advantage: All problems with pushover analysis
are eliminated. However, new problems may arise.
Main Concerns in Nonlinear Dynamic Analysis:
1) Modeling of hysteretic behavior
2) Modeling inherent damping
3) Selection and scaling of ground motions
4) Interpretation of results
5) Results may be very sensitive to seemingly minor
perturbations
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 2
C = M + K
Note: K is the INITIAL
Stiffness of the system
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 3
k n
=2 2
2
n k
k k
n
1 / 1 /
n
k n
C = M + K
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 4
1
m = 0 .5
m
Structural Frequencies
Mode
1
2
3
4
5
4.94
14.6
25.9
39.2
52.8
0.15
TYPE
MASS
STIFFNESS
TOTAL
= 0.41487
= 0.00324
0.10
0.05
0.00
0
20
40
Frequency, Radians/Sec.
60
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 5
0.18
0.16
Damping Ratio
0.14
m=0.103
0.12
6
5
0.10
4
3
0.08
m=0.042
0.06
0.04
1=Ductility Demand
0.02
0.00
0
Frequency, Radians/Second
Topics in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 6
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 7
k
Device
K Damper
AE
=
L
C Damper = K Damper
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 8
M, in-k
Slope=
2max/T
max
Very Stiff
say K=106 in-k/rad
, rad
Topics in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering
Time, sec
T
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 9
M, in-k
Slope=velocity
2max/T
max
Very Stiff
say K=106 in-k/rad
, rad
Time, sec
T
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 10
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 11
Large Distant
Earthquake
Small Nearby
Earthquake
Period
Topics in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 12
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 13
http://peer.berkeley.edu/smcat/search.html
Topics in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 14
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 15
http://eqint.cr.usgs.gov/eq/html/lookup.shtml
Topics in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 16
http://eqint1.cr.usgs.gov/eq/html/deaggint.shtml
Topics in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 17
Blacksburg
N 37.1
W -80.25
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 18
MOTION 1
200
Acceleration, cm/sec/sec
Acceleration, cm/sec/sec
200
150
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
-200
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
150
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
-200
0
40
10
15
MOTION 2
30
35
40
25
30
35
40
200
150
Acceleration, cm/sec/sec
Acceleration, cm/sec/sec
25
MOTION 5
200
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
-200
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
150
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
-200
40
10
15
Time, Seconds
20
Time, Seconds
MOTION 3
MOTION 6
200
200
150
Acceleration, cm/sec/sec
Acceleration, cm/sec/sec
20
Time, Seconds
Time, Seconds
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
-200
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
150
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
-200
0
Time, Seconds
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Time, Seconds
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 19
Pseudoacceleration,gG
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
Period, Seconds
Topics in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 20
Target Spectrum
0.5
Average GM
Spectrum
Pseudoacceleration, g
G
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
Period, Seconds
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 21
Acceleration, cm/sec/sec
200
150
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
-200
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Time, Seconds
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 22
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 23
Design Spectrum
Avg. of unscaled
Suite Spectra
Higher
Modes
0.2T
Softening
1.5T
Period, sec.
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 24
Design Spectrum
Avg. of Scaled
Suite Spectra
Higher
Modes
0.2T
Softening
1.5T
Period, sec.
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 25
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 26
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 27
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 28
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 29
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 30
Normalization Procedures
(Shome and Cornell)
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 31
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 32
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 33
Recommendations (Charney):
1) Use a minimum of seven ground motions
2) If near-field effects are possible for the site a separate
set of analyses should be performed using only
near field motions
3) Try to use motions that are magnitude compatible
with the design earthquake
4) Scale the earthquakes such that they match the target
spectrum at the structures initial (undamaged) natural
frequency and at a damping of at least 5% critical.
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 34
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 35
Damage Prediction
Performance based design requires a quantification of
the damage that might be incurred in a structure.
The damage index must be calibrated such that it
may predict and quantify damage at all performance levels.
While inter-story drift and inelastic component deformation
may be useful measures of damage, a key characteristic
of response is missing the effect of the duration of ground
motion on damage.
A number of different damage measures have been proposed
which are dependent on duration.
Topics in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 36
Damage Prediction
Park and Ang (1985)
DI PA
umax
EH
=
+
ucap
ucap Fy
Fy
= calibration factor
Topics in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 37
Energy Balance
Hysteretic Energy
EI = ES + EK + ( E DI + EDA ) + EH
Inherent Damping
Added Damping
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 38
300
Hysteretic
Viscous + Hysteretic
Energy, In-Kips
250
Total
EDA
200
150
100
EH
50
0
0.00
5.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
Damage Index
1.00
0.80
0.60
0.40
0.20
0.00
0.00
5.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
Analysis
performed
on NONLIN
Time, Seconds
Topics in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 39
250
EI=210
Energy, In-Kips
T otal
200
150
EDA
100
50
0
0.00
5.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
EH
Damage Index
1.00
0.80
0.60
0.40
0.20
0.00
0.00
5.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
Time, Seconds
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 40
20% Damping
60% Damping
0.60
Damage Index
0.50
0.40
0.30
0.20
0.10
0.00
0.00
5.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
Time, Seconds
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 41
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 42
Ground Motion B
Ground Motion A
Damage Measure
Topics in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 43
Damage Measure
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 44
16
Story Level
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.04
0.05
0.06
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 45
Intensity Measure
Hardening
Softening
Linear
Damage Measure
Damage Measure
Intensity Measure
Intensity Measure
Severe Hardening
Damage Measure
Topics in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering
Resurrection
Damage Measure
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 46
Static Pushover
Damage Measure
Topics in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 47
Intensity Measure
Ground Motion C
Ground Motion B
Ground Motion A
Damage Measure
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 48
1.0
0.8
10% S.H.
5 % S.H.
EPP
-5% S.H.
0.6
0.4
Dynamic Instability
0.2
0.0
0
10
15
20
25
30
Displacement, inches
Topics in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 49
1
0.8
0.6
El Centro Ground
Motion
Northridge Ground
Motion
0.4
0.2
0
0
10
15
20
25
Displacement, Inches
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 50
Dispersion
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 51
NORMALIZED to SA
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 52
2/50
10/50
50/50
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 53
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 54
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 55
Probabilistic Approaches to
Performance-Based Engineering
The Most Daunting Task:
Identifying and Quantifying Uncertainties
Demand Side (Ground Motion)
1) Magnitude
2) Source Mechanism
3) Wave Propagation Direction
4) Attenuation
5) Site Amplification
6) Frequency Content
7) Duration
8) Sequence (foreshocks, aftershocks)
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 56
Probabilistic Approaches
The Most Daunting Task:
Identifying and Quantifying Uncertainties
Capacity Side (Soil/Foundation/Structure Behavior)
1) Strength
2) Stiffness
3) Inherent Damping
4) Hysteretic Behavior
5) Gravity Load
6) Built-in Imperfections
Analysis Uncertainties
Topics in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 57
(DV )
IM
DM
DV
Intensity Measure
Damage Measure
Decision Variable
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 58
PD> PL (x)
h( x)dx
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 59
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 60
a D
=
C
a
D
UT
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 61
Behavior
Global Interstory Drift
Local Interstory Drift
Column Compression
Splice Tension
Performance Level
Immediate Occupancy Collapse Prevention
50%
90%
50%
50%
50%
90%
50%
50%
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 62
LSP
I.O
C.P.
LDP
I.O
C.P.
NSP
I.O
C.P.
NDP
I.O
C.P.
0.94
1.15
1.12
0.70
0.97
1.21
1.03
1.14
1.21
0.83
1.25
1.14
1.13
1.45
1.36
0.89
0.99
0.95
1.02
1.02
1.04
1.03
1.06
1.10
0.79
0.85
0.80
0.98
1.14
0.85
1.04
1.10
1.39
1.32
1.53
1.38
0.95
1.11
1.36
1.31
1.42
1.53
1.02
1.02
1.04
1.03
1.06
1.10
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 63
Building
Height
I.O.
C.P.
1.5
1.4
1.4
1.3
1.2
1.5
1.4
1.3
1.6
1.4
1.5
1.8
Special
Special
Special
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 64
I.O.
C.P.
0.02
0.02
0.02
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.10
0.10
0.09
0.90
0.85
0.75
0.01
0.01
0.01
1.00
0.90
0.85
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.85
0.70
0.60
Special
Special
Special
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 65
Building
Height
Special
Special
Special
Perf. Level
I.O.
C.P.
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.50
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.35
0.45
0.55
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 66
for UT = 0.2
for UT = 0.3
for UT = 0.4
for UT = 0.5
for UT = 0.6
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
95
99
1.37
1.68
2.12
2.76
3.70
1.26
1.48
1.79
2.23
2.86
1.18
1.34
1.57
1.90
2.36
1.12
1.24
1.40
1.65
1.99
1.06
1.14
1.27
1.45
1.72
1.01
1.06
1.15
1.28
1.48
0.96
0.98
1.03
1.12
1.25
0.90
0.89
0.90
0.95
1.03
0.82
0.78
0.76
0.77
0.80
0.76
0.70
0.66
0.64
0.64
0.67
0.57
0.51
0.46
0.43
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 67
UT
DL
SPECIAL
SPECIAL
SPECIAL
SPECIAL
IO
IO
CP
CP
NSP
NDP
NSP
NDP
50%
50%
90%
90%
1.4
1.4
1.2
1.2
1.45
1.02
0.99
1.06
1
1
0.85
0.85
0.02
0.02
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
1.06
1.06
0.76
0.76
0.0104
0.0148
0.0544
0.0508
ORDINARY
ORDINARY
ORDINARY
ORDINARY
IO
IO
CP
CP
NSP
NDP
NSP
NDP
50%
90%
50%
90%
1.3
1.3
1.5
1.5
1.11
1.02
1.42
1.06
0.9
0.9
0.7
0.7
0.01
0.01
0.08
0.08
0.2
0.2
0.45
0.45
1.06
1.06
0.765
0.765
0.0066
0.0072
0.0201
0.0269
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 68
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 69
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
Light Damage
Moderate Damage
Heavy Damage
0.2
0.0
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
http://www.ceri.memphis.edu/~hwang/
Topics in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 70
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
Light Damage
Moderate Damage
Heavy Damage
0.2
0.0
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
http://www.ceri.memphis.edu/~hwang/
Topics in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 71
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
Light Damage
Moderate Damage
Heavy Damage
0.2
0.0
0.00
0.10
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.70
http://www.ceri.memphis.edu/~hwang/
Topics in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 72
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
Light Damage
Moderate Damage
Heavy Damage
0.2
0.0
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
http://www.ceri.memphis.edu/~hwang/
Topics in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 73
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
URM
RM
RC
WOOD
0.2
0.0
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
http://www.ceri.memphis.edu/~hwang/
Topics in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 74
1.2
Reinforced Concrete
50/50
10/50
2/50
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
Light Damage
Moderate Damage
Heavy Damage
0.2
0.0
0.00
0.10
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.70
http://www.ceri.memphis.edu/~hwang/
Topics in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 75
Analysis Procedures
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 76
What We Need
Ground motion search, scaling, and modification tools for
development of suites for nonlinear dynamic analysis
Advanced Analysis 15 5c - 77
Major Objectives
Outline: Part I
Outline: Part II
Velocity-Dependent Damping Systems:
Fluid Dampers and Viscoelastic Dampers
Models for Velocity-Dependent Dampers
Effects of Linkage Flexibility
Displacement-Dependent Damping
Systems: Steel Plate Dampers, Unbonded
Brace Dampers, and Friction Dampers
Concept of Equivalent Viscous Damping
Modeling Considerations for Structures
with Passive Energy Dissipation Systems
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Outline: Part IV
Outline: Part I
T=1.0
Pseudo-Spectral
Acceleration,
g
Pseudoacceleration,
g
T=.50
5% Damping
1.0
T=1.5
10%
0.8
20%
0.6
30%
T=2.0
40%
0.4
- Decreased Displacement
- Decreased Shear Force
T=3.0
0.2
T=4.0
0.0
0
10
15
20
T=1.0
Pseudo-Spectral
Acceleration,
g
Pseudoacceleration,
g
T=.50
5% Damping
1.0
T=1.5
10%
0.8
20%
0.6
30%
T=2.0
40%
- Decreased Displacement
- Increased Shear Force
0.4
T=3.0
0.2
T=4.0
0.0
0
10
15
20
T=1.0
Pseudo-Spectral
Acceleration,
g
Pseudoacceleration,
g
T=.50
5% Damping
1.0
T=1.5
10%
0.8
20%
0.6
30%
T=2.0
40%
- Decreased Displacement
- Decreased Shear (possibly)
0.4
T=3.0
0.2
T=4.0
0.0
0
10
15
20
T=1.0
Pseudo-Spectral
Acceleration,
g
Pseudoacceleration,
g
T=.50
5% Damping
1.0
T=1.5
10%
0.8
20%
0.6
30%
40%
0.4
T=2.0
T=3.0
0.2
T=4.0
0.0
0
10
15
20
T=1.0
Pseudo-Spectral
Acceleration,
g
Pseudoacceleration,
g
T=.50
5% Damping
1.0
T=1.5
10%
0.8
20%
0.6
30%
- Decreased Shear
- Increased Displacement
40%
0.4
T=2.0
T=3.0
0.2
T=4.0
0.0
0
10
15
20
1.4
1.2
Yield
Strength
(kips)
1
0.8
10
0.6
20
0.4
30
0.2
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
Outline: Part I
ADDED = 10 to 30%
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Model Weight
Bare Model
18 kips
DAMPING, %
CRITICAL
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Outline: Part I
Energy Balance:
EI = ES + E K + ( EDI + EDA ) + EH
Inherent Damping
Damage Index:
u max
E H (t )
DI (t ) =
+
uult
Fy uult
Source: Park and Ang (1985)
Added Damping
DI
1.0
0.0
Collapse Damage
State
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
u max
= maximum displacement
uult
= calibration factor
EH
Fy
DI
1.0
0.0
Collapse
Damage
State
10% Damping
200
160
KINETIC +
STRAIN
140
Damping Reduces
Hysteretic Energy
Dissipation Demand
DAMPING
120
100
80
60
40
HYSTERETIC
20
0
0
12
16
200
28
180
Time, Seconds
20
24
32
36
40
44
20% Damping
48
160
Absorbed (kip-inch)
Energy, inch-kips
Energy
180
140
KINETIC +
STRAIN
120
100
DAMPING
80
60
40
20
HYSTERETIC
0
0
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
Time, Seconds
48
140
120
Yield
Strength
(kips)
100
80
10
60
20
30
40
20
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
300
Energy, In-Kips
250
H ysteretic
Viscous + H ysteretic
Total
EDI+EDA
200
150
EH
100
50
0
0.00
5.00
10.00
15.00
Max=0.55
1.00
Damage Index
20.00
0.80
Analysis
performed
on NONLIN
0.60
0.40
0.20
0.00
0.00
5.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
T ime, Seconds
250
EI = 210
Energy, In-Kips
T otal
200
EDI+EDA
150
100
50
EH
0
0.00
5.00
10.00
15.00
Damage Index
1.00
20.00
Max=0.30
0.80
0.60
0.40
0.20
0.00
0.00
5.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
Time, Seconds
20% Damping
60% Damping
0.60
Damage Index
0.50
0.40
0.30
0.20
0.10
0.00
0.00
5.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
Time, Seconds
Outline: Part I
Displacement-Dependent Systems
Metallic yielding or friction dampers
Always adds stiffness to structure
Other
Re-centering devices (shape-memory alloys, etc.)
Vibration absorbers (tuned mass dampers)
Outline: Part II
Augmented
Bracing
Huntington Tower
Boston, MA
UD
u ( t ) = u 0 sin( t )
Phase
Angle
(Lag)
Imposed Motion
Loading Frequency
Total Force
1500
FORCE, KIPS
1000
ELASTIC FORCE
DAMPING FORCE
TOTAL FORCE
500
0
-500
-1000
-1500
0.00
0.10
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
TIME, SECONDS
P ( t ) = K S u ( t ) + C u& ( t )
P0
P0
K
sin( ) C = L
K S = cos( ) K L =
u0
u0
Storage Stiffness
Loss Stiffness
Damping Coeff.
uo
P
= sin Z
P0
Phase Angle
Total Force, P
K*
PZ
PZ = K L u o = Po sin ( )
E D = PZ uo = Pouo sin( )
KS
Po
Damper Displacement, u
P ( t ) = K S u (t ) + C u& (t )
Apply Fourier Transform:
P ( ) = K S u ( ) + K L i u ( ) /
P ( ) = [K S + iK L ]u (
P ( )
K ( ) =
u ( )
K S (
Note:
( )= K
and
K * (
K L (
Complex Stiffness:
P ( ) = K * ( )u (
(K ) = K
*
10000
8000
6000
Cutoff
Frequency
4000
2000
0
0
10
15
20
25
Excitation Frequency,
Excitation
FrequencyHz.
(Hz)
Damping
Damping Coefficient,
Coefficient C, lb-sec/in
lb-sec/in
100
80
60
40
20
0
0
10
15
20
25
Excitation Frequency,
Hz(Hz)
Excitation
Frequency
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
0
10
15
20
25
Frequency (Hz)
Damping
lb-sec/in
DampingCoefficient,
Constant, k-sec/in
10
20
30
40
50
Temperature
(Degrees
Temperature,
DegreesC)
C
Damper Force, P
uo
Po
E d = Po u o
Damper Displacement, u
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Seismic Loading
Source:
Constantinou and Symans (1992)
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
300
200
100
-100
-200
-300
-6.00
-4.00
-2.00
0.00
2.00
4.00
6.00
120
sgn( u& )
= 01
.
80
= 10
.
Force, Kips
40
-40
-80
-120
-1.2
-0.8
-0.4
0.4
0.8
1.2
Displacement, Inches
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
E D = Pouo
Linear Damper:
E D = Pouo
1 +
2
= 4 2
(2 + )
2
= Gamma Function
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
AF = / = 1.24
3.8
3.6
AF = 1.11
3.4
AF = 1.0
3.2
3.0
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
C NL
1
= ( uo )
CL
Ratio of CNL to CL
10
Max Disp = 1.0
Max Disp = 2.0
Max Disp = 3.0
8
6
4
2
0
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.2
Velocity Exponent
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Ratio of CNL to CL
10
HzHz
(6.28 rad/s)
Load Freq = 2
2.09
8
6
4
2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.2
Velocity Exponent
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
600
Force, Kips
400
200
0
= 3.58
CLinear = 10.0 k-sec/in
CNonlinear = 69.5 k-sec0.5/in0.5
-200
-400
-600
-800
-15
-10
-5
10
15
Displacement, Inches
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
High reliability
High force and displacement capacity
Force Limited when velocity exponent < 1.0
Available through several manufacturers
No added stiffness at lower frequencies
Damping force (possibly) out of phase with
structure elastic forces
Moderate temperature dependency
May be able to use linear analysis
Viscoelastic Dampers
L
A
P(t)
P(t)
Viscoelastic Material
W
Developed in the 1960s
for Wind Applications
u(t)
h
h
Section A-A
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
u ( t ) = u 0 sin( t )
Imposed Motion
Phase
Angle
(Lag)
Loading Frequency
Total Force
STRESS, PSI
ELASTIC FORCE
600
DAMPING FORCE
TOTAL FORCE
400
200
0
-200
-400
-600
-800
0.00
0.10
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
TIME, SECONDS
& )
P(t ) = KS u( t ) + Cu(t
G' A
KS =
h
G'' A
KL =
h
Storage Stiffness
Loss Stiffness
G = Storage Modulus
G = Loss Modulus
KL
C=
= sin Z
0
Phase Angle
G ( )
= tan (
=
G ( )
Damping Coeff.
Shear Stress
G*
Loss Factor
0
Z = G o = o sin ( )
( t ) = G (t ) + G & (t ) /
Shear Strain
E D = Z o Ah = o o Ah sin ( ) = G o2V
( t ) = G (t ) + G & (t ) /
Apply Fourier Transform:
( ) = G ( ) + G i ( ) /
( ) = [G + i G ] (
)
( ) = G [1 + i ] ( )
Complex Shear Modulus:
( )
G ( ) =
= G [1 + i ]
( )
*
( ) = G ( ) (
*
G * (
G (
G (
Increasing Temperature
0
0
Frequency (Hz)
Loss Factor
Increasing Temperature
1.0
0.5
0
0
Frequency (Hz)
Seismic Loading
High reliability
May be able to use linear analysis
Somewhat lower cost
Outline: Part II
CD
P(t)
u(t)
Newtonian Dashpot
P ( t ) = C D u& (t )
Useful For :
Fluid Dampers with Zero Storage Stiffness
This Model Ignores Temperature Dependence
Hookean Spring
KD
u(t)
P ( t ) = K D u (t ) + C D u& (t )
Useful For :
Viscoelastic Dampers and Fluid Dampers with
Storage Stiffness and Weak Frequency Dependence.
This Model Ignores Temperature Dependence
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
P ( ) = [K D + i C d ]u (
KS( )
KD
Complex Stiffness:
*
K ( ) = K D + i C d
Storage Stiffness:
K S ( ) = K * ( ) = K D
Loss Stiffness:
C( )
K L ( ) = K * ( ) = C D
Damping Coefficient:
C( ) =
K L ( )
CD
= CD
P(t)
Kelvin Model
u(t)
KD
C() = CD
P(t)
KS ( ) = KD
u(t)
Equivalent Kelvin
Model
KD
u(t)
CD &
P( t ) +
P (t ) = C D u& (t )
KD
Useful For :
Viscoelastic Dampers and Fluid Dampers with Strong
Frequency Dependence.
This Model Ignores Temperature Dependence
CD &
P (t ) = C d u& (t )
KD
KD
C( )
2
CD
= CD K D
K D 2 2
K S ( ) = K ( ) =
1 + 2 2
Loss Stiffness:
*
KS( )
K L ( ) = K * ( ) =
C D
1 + 2 2
Damping Coefficient:
C( ) =
K S ( )
CD
1 + 2 2
10000
8000
KD
6000
4000
2000
0
0
10
15
20
25
Excitation Frequency,
Excitation
FrequencyHz.
(Hz)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
CD
100
80
60
40
20
0
0
10
15
20
25
Maxwell Model
KD
u(t)
CD
C( ) =
1+22
P(t)
K D 2 2
KS ( ) =
1 + 2 2
Note:
u(t)
Equivalent Kelvin
Model
CD
KD
Passive Energy Dissipation 15 6 - 77
Outline: Part II
K Brace, Effective
AE
=2
cos 2
L
Outline: Part II
t
V
b
L
a
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
ADAS Device
(Tsai et al. 1993)
Secondary Stiffness
Ratio
Fy
F = k D + (1 ) Fy Z
Force, F
D& 1 Z
k
Z& =
Fy
D&
) if D& Z > 0
otherwise
Yield Sharpness
Displacement, D.
n (2 + a / b )EI b
k=
L3
Fy =
V
b
L
a
nf y bt 3
4L
n = Number of plates
f y = Yield force of each plate
Ib =
Hysteretic Behavior of
Unbonded Brace Damper
Testing Performed
at UC Berkeley
Typical Hysteresis
Loops from
Cyclic Testing
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Force-Limited
Easy to construct
Relatively Inexpensive
Adds both Damping and Stiffness
Interior of Webster
Library at Concordia
University, Montreal,
Canada
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
McConnel Library at
Concordia University,
Montreal, Canada
- Two Interconnected
Buildings of 6 and 10 Stories
- RC Frames with Flat Slabs
- 143 Cross-Bracing Friction
Dampers Installed in 1987
- 60 Dampers Exposed for
Aesthetics
60
u& ( t )
FD = N
u& ( t )
40
Force, Kips
20
u0
u0
Coefficient of Friction
Alternatively,
-20
-40
FD = N sgn[u& (t )]
sgn(x)
-60
-2
-1.5
-1
-0.5
0.5
1.5
Displacement, Inches
-1
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Force-Limited
Easy to construct
Relatively Inexpensive
Outline: Part II
uD
EH
H =
4ES
Note: Computed damping ratio is displacement-dependent
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
0.6
=0
0.5
0.00
0.4
0.05
0.10
0.3
0.15
K
uy
uy u
0.20
0.25
0.2
0.30
= 0.3
0.1
H =
2( 1)(1 )
(1 + )
0
0
Ductility Demand
ES
ED
uD
C = 2m H
Es and are based on Secant Stiffness of Inelastic System
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Outline: Part II
Velocity-Dependent Damping Systems:
Fluid Dampers and Viscoelastic Dampers
Models for Velocity-Dependent Dampers
Effects of Linkage Flexibility
Displacement-Dependent Damping
Systems: Steel Plate Dampers, Unbonded
Brace Dampers, and Friction Dampers
Concept of Equivalent Viscous Damping
Modeling Considerations for Structures
with Passive Damping Systems
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
No
Nonlinear Response-History
Analysis
Yes
(implies viscous
or viscoelastic
behavior)
Classical
Damping?
No
Yes
C A f ( )
Restoring Force:
(May include Added Devices)
Linear or Nonlinear
Nonlinear Terms
v(t ) = y (t )
Orthogonal basis of Ritz vectors:
Number of vectors << N
~
~
~
~
T
T
M&y&( t ) + C I y& ( t ) + K E y( t ) = MR v&&g ( t ) FH ( t ) C A y& ( t )
Uncoupled
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Coupled
Passive Energy Dissipation 15 6 - 112
FAST
SLOW
10.0
1.0
1.0
0.0
Nonlinear DOF / Total DOF
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
T
i i
C = M
i i M
T
i =1 i M i
Skyhook
Artificial Coupling
C R = M + K
Skyhook
0.12
MASS
STIFFNESS
0.10
Damping Ratio
COMBINED
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.00
0
10
15
20
25
30
Frequency, radians/second
Floor
Displacement
2,1
2,2
2,3
2,4
Damper
Deformation
2,1 - 2,2
2,2 - 2,3
2,3 - 2,4
2,4
Passive Energy Dissipation 15 6 - 119
E D ,i ,story k = i Ck ( i ,k i ,k 1 )2
ES ,i
1 T
1 2 T
= i Ki = i i Mi
2
2
n stories
i =
ED ,i ,story k
k =1
4ES ,i
i =
k =1
Ck ( i ,k i ,k 1 )2
2i Ti M i
Ti C A i
Ti C Ai
i =
=
T
2i i M i 2mi* i
Note: IF CA is diagonalized by ,
THEN
ci*
i = *
2mi i
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Proportional Damping
k = 200 k/in.
c = 10.0 k-sec/in.
k = 250
c = 12.5
k = 300
c = 15.0
k = 350
c = 17.5
k = 400
c = 20.0
Damping
Ratio,
0.113
0.302
0.462
0.575
0.690
0.6
Damping Ratio
Frequency
(rad/sec)
4.54
12.1
18.5
23.0
27.6
Proportional
0.7
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
Frequency, rad/sec
k = 200 k/in.
c = 10 k-sec/in.
k = 250
c = 10
k = 300
c = 10
k = 350
c = 20
k = 400
c = 30
0.7
Damping
Ratio,
0.123
0.318
0.455
0.557
0.702
0.6
Damping Ratio
Frequency
(rad/sec)
4.54
12.1
18.5
23.0
27.6
Nearly Proportional
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
Frequency, rad/sec
Nonproportional Damping
k = 200 k/in.
k = 250
k = 300
k = 350
c = 20 k-sec/in
k = 400
c = 30
0.7
Damping
Ratio.
0.089
0.144
0.134
0.194
0.514
0.6
Damping Ratio
Frequency
(rad/sec)
4.54
12.1
18.5
23.0
27.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
Frequency, rad/sec
n 2 i i T
C = M T
i i M
i =1 i M i
Skyhook
Artificial Coupling
0
0
0
10.0 10.0
CA = 0
12.5 27.5 15.0
0
0
0
15
.
0
32
.
5
17
.
5
c = 12.5
0
17.5 37.5
0
0
c = 15.0
c = 17.5
0
0
0
10.0 10.0
C= 0
12.5 27.5 15.0
0
0
0
15
0
32
5
17
5
.
.
.
0
17.5 37.5
0
0
c = 20.0
10.0
10.0
c = 10.0 k-sec/in.
CA = 0
0
c = 10.0
0
c = 10.0
c = 20.0
c = 30.0
10.0
20.0
10.0
0
0
0
0
0
10.0
0
0
20.0 10.0
0
9.66
.
.
22
0
12
2
0
169
0
422
.
.
C = 0.166 12.2
15.1 0.731
27.3
0
228
0
169
15
1
33
1
17
8
.
.
.
.
.
CA =
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
20.0 20.0
20.0 50.0
c = 20.0 k-sec/in.
2.96
c = 30.0
8.27
5.92
2.72
2.07
3.65
2.96
C = 0.456
1.098
0.066
0.456
5.92
13.4
10.9
6.21
1.098
2.72
10.9
21.9
15.1
0.066
2.07
6.21
15.1
20.9
c = 20.0 k-sec/in.
c = 30.0
Frequency
(rad/sec)
4.54
12.1
18.5
23.0
27.6
Damping
Ratio,
0.089
0.144
0.134
0.194
0.514
14
12
10
8
6
4
Discrete Dampers
Rayleigh Damping
0
0.0
5.0
10.0
15.0
1.5c
20.0
1400
1200
1000
800
600
Discrete Dampers
Rayleigh Damping: Inertial
Rayleigh Damping: Columns
400
200
0
0.0
5.0
10.0
15.0
20.0
1.5c
14
12
10
8
6
4
0
0.0
5.0
10.0
15.0
1.5c
20.0
Peak BasePeak
Shear,
KipsForce,
(fromKips
Inertial Forces)
Inertial
200
0
0.0
5.0
10.0
15.0
20.0 1.5c
14
12
10
8
6
4
Discrete Model with Flexible Braces
Rayleigh Damping
0
0.0
5.0
10.0
15.0
20.01.5c
200
Rayleigh Damping
0
0.0
5.0
10.0
15.0
1.5c
20.0
STIFF BRACES
C o lu m n s
B r a c e s (D a m p e r )
600
Shear, Kips
400
200
0
-2 0 0
-4 0 0
-6 0 0
-8 0 0
-1 0 0 0
0
10
12
14
16
18
20
T im e , S e c o n d s
1000
C o lu m n s
B ra c e s (D a m p e r)
800
600
FLEX BRACES
Shear, Kips
400
200
0
-2 0 0
-4 0 0
-6 0 0
-8 0 0
-1 0 0 0
0
10
12
14
16
18
T im e , S e c o n d s
20
Outline: Part IV
Damped Eigenproblem
EOM for Damped
Free Vibration
Linear Structure
v&
State Vector: Z =
v
State-Space
Transformation:
Z& = HZ
M 1C A
State Matrix: H =
I
M 1 K
P = HP
Eigenvalue Matrix:
(* = complex conjugate)
Eigenvector Matrix:
Damped Eigenproblem
for n-th Mode
Damped Eigenproblem
for All Modes
=
*
= diag [ n ]
* *
P=
*
n = n n in 1 2n
Modal Frequency:
n = n
Note:
Analogous to
Roots of Characteristic
Equation for SDOF
Damped Free Vibration
Problem
n =
(n )
i = 1
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
P=
*
a1 + ib1
a + ib
2
2
=
U3
a3 + ib3
a4 + ib4
U
Imaginary
U2
Real
Outline: Part IV
Nonproportional Damping
k = 200 k/in.
k = 250
k = 300
k = 350
k = 400
c = 20 k-sec/in
c = 30
1
2
3
4
5
Frequency
(rad/sec)
4.54
12.1
18.4
23.0
27.6
Damping
Ratio
0.089
0.144
0.134
0.194
0.516
Using DAMPED
MODE SHAPES*
1
2
3
4
5
Frequency
(rad/sec)
4.58
12.3
18.9
24.0
25.1
Damping
Ratio
0.089
0.141
0.064
0.027
0.770
Significant Differences in
Higher Mode Damping Ratios
1.2
0.8
0.4
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Level 5
-0.4
-0.8
-1.2
-1.2
-0.8
-0.4
0.4
0.8
1.2
1.5
4
Level 5
Level 4
Level 3
Level 3
Level 1
0.5
0.0
-0.5
-1.0
-1.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
Time, Seconds
5
4
Story Level
Modal Amplitude
1.0
1 3
3
2
1
0
-1.00 -0.75 -0.50 -0.25 0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00
Modal Displacement
1.2
0.8
0.4
Level 5
Level 4
Level 3
Level 2
Level 1
-0.4
-0.8
-1.2
-1.2
-0.8
-0.4
0.4
0.8
1.2
Outline: Part IV
Huntington Tower
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
U1
U3
U2
150
159
65
Units: inches
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Damping Ratio
0.500
0.400
0.300
0.200
0.100
0.000
0
10
20
30
40
50
DampingCoefficient
Constant (k-sec/in)
Damping
(k-sec/in)
Damping Ratio
0.500
0.400
0.300
0.200
0.100
0.000
0
10
20
30
40
50
Damping
Constant (k-sec/in)
Damping
Coefficient
(k-sec/in)
Damping Ratio
0.500
LogDecrement
Decrement
Log
Log
Decrement
Damped Eigenproblem
Eigenproblem
Complex
Eigenvalues
Damped
0.400
0.300
0.200
0.100
0.000
0
10
20
30
40
50
Damping
Constant(k-sec/in)
(k-sec/in)
Damping
Coefficient
0.500
Damping Ratio
Damped Eigenproblem
Complex
Eigenvalues
0.400
0.300
0.200
0.100
0.000
0
10
20
30
40
DampingCoefficient
Constant (k-sec/in)
Damping
(k-sec/in)
50
3.00
DDamper
evice
Lateral
Frame
A=10
C=40
2.00
1.00
0.00
-1.00
A/C=0.25
-2.00
-3.00
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
T im e, Seconds
Displacement, in
3.00
D evice
Damper
Lateral
Frame
A=50
C=40
2.00
1.00
0.00
-1.00
A/C=1.25
-2.00
-3.00
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
T im e, sec
0.2
2
0.0
1
0.4
-0.2
-0.4
0.0
1
-0.4
-0.2
0.0
0.2
0.4
-0.4
-0.4
-0.2
0.0
0.2
0.4
-0.6
-0.6
0.6
C=30
C=40
0.4
0.2
IMAGINARY
0.0
1
-0.2
U3
-0.4
3
-0.2
-0.2
0.0
REAL
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.6
0.4
-0.4
-0.4
REAL
0.6
0.2
IMAGINARY
REAL
0.6
-0.6
-0.6
-0.4
REAL
0.4
0.0
-0.2
-0.6
-0.6
0.6
-0.2
33
C=20
0.2
C=50
0.2
IMAGINARY
IMAGINARY
C=10
0.4
0.2
-0.6
-0.6
0.6
IMAGINARY
C=0
IMAGINARY
0.4
0.6
0.0
1
2
0.0
1
-0.2
-0.2
-0.4
-0.4
U1
U2
-0.6
-0.6
-0.4
-0.2
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
REAL
-0.6
-0.6
-0.4
-0.2
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
REAL
Outline: Part IV
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Pending
Yes
NO
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
RAM
Perform
Yes
Yes*
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
*Piecewise Linear
AE
K=
L
L
j
k
Damper
k
j
C = K
K = 0.01
C = C Damper
j
m
CD
KD
F = kD + (1 ) F y Z
k
Fy
&
&Z > 0
D
1
Z
if
D
Z& =
Fy
D& otherwise
=50
=4
=2
D
Note: Z is an internal hysteretic variable with magnitude less than or equal to
unity. The yield surface is associated with a magnitude of unity.
For bilinear behavior, use of approximately 50. Larger values can
produce strange results.
Outline: Part IV
Energy
Dissipation
Device (EDD)
Energy
Dissipation
Assembly (EDA)
Vmin = BV = BCSW
Vmin = Minimum base shear for design of structure with EDS
[Use for linear static (ELF) or linear dynamic (Modal) analysis]
Reduction Factor, B
1.2
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
Deff
FD+ + FD
Eq. (C2A.3.2.1a)
Effective Device Stiffness at Design Displacement
+ +
ceq = 2 m n eq =
Force
EDD Behavior
Eq. (2A.3.2.1)
Equivalent Device Damping Coefficient
FD+
FD
Area = WD
2 m nWD
W T
= D2 2
4WS
2
Slope = k
Deformation
Deff
combined = str
WD
+
4SE
Eq. (C2A.3.2.1c)
Combined Equivalent Damping Ratio
1997 - NEHRP Guidelines for the Seismic Rehabilitation of Buildings (FEMA 273)
1997 - NEHRP Commentary on the Guidelines for the Seismic Rehabilitation of
Buildings (FEMA 274) (1 of 9)
- Chapter 9 entitled: Seismic Isolation and Energy Dissipation
(Developed by New Technologies Team under ATC Project 33)
- Performance-based document
- Rehabilitation objectives based on desired performance levels for selected hazard levels
- Global Structural Performance Levels
- Operational (OP)
- Immediate Occupancy (IO)
Most Applicable
- Life-Safety (LS)
Performance Levels
- Collapse Prevention (CP)
- Hazard levels
- Basic Safety Earthquake 1 (BSE-1): 10/50 event
- Basic Safety Earthquake 2 (BSE-2): 2/50 event (Maximum Considered EQ - MCE)
- Rehabilitation Objectives
- Limited Objectives (less than BSO)
- Basic Safety Objective (BSO): LS for BSE-1 and CP for BSE-2
- Enhanced Objectives (more than BSO)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Applicable
Rehabilitation
Objectives
1997 - NEHRP Guidelines for the Seismic Rehabilitation of Buildings (FEMA 273)
1997 - NEHRP Commentary on the Guidelines for the Seismic Rehabilitation of
Buildings (FEMA 274) (2 of 9)
-Simplified vs. Systematic Rehabilitation
- Simplified: For simple structures in areas of low to moderate seismicity
- Systematic: Considers all elements needed to attain rehabilitation objective
- Systematic Rehabilitation methods of analysis:
- Linear static procedure (LSP)
- Linear dynamic procedure (LDP)
- Nonlinear static procedure (NSP)
- Nonlinear dynamic procedure (NDP)
Coefficient Method
Capacity Spectrum Method
1997 - NEHRP Guidelines for the Seismic Rehabilitation of Buildings (FEMA 273)
1997 - NEHRP Commentary on the Guidelines for the Seismic Rehabilitation of
Buildings (FEMA 274) (3 of 9)
Basic Principles:
Dampers should be spatially distributed (at each story and on each side of
building)
Redundancy (at least two dampers along the same line of action; design
forces for
dampers and damper framing system are reduced as damper redundancy
is increased)
For BSE-2, dampers and their connections designed to avoid failure (i.e,
not weak link)
Members that transmit damper forces to foundation designed to remain
elastic
Classification of EDDs
Displacement-dependent
Velocity-dependent
Other (e.g., shape memory alloys and fluid restoring force/damping
dampers)
Manufacturing quality control program should be established along with
prototype testing programs and independent panel review of system design and
testing program
1997 - NEHRP Guidelines for the Seismic Rehabilitation of Buildings (FEMA 273)
1997 - NEHRP Commentary on the Guidelines for the Seismic Rehabilitation of
Buildings (FEMA 274) (4 of 9)
Force, F
Area =
WD
F+
F = keff D
D
D+
F
Slope =
Displacement, D
keff =
keff
eff
F+ + F
D+ + D
1 WD
=
2
2 keff Dave
Eq. (9-20)
Force in Device
Eq. (9-21)
Effective Stiffness
of Device
Eq. (9-39)
Equivalent Viscous
Damping Ratio of
Device
1997 - NEHRP Guidelines for the Seismic Rehabilitation of Buildings (FEMA 273)
1997 - NEHRP Commentary on the Guidelines for the Seismic Rehabilitation of
Buildings (FEMA 274) (5 of 9)
F = keff D + CD&
Force
EDD Behavior
Eq. (9-22)
Force in Device
F+
F
Area = WD
D+
Slope = keff
Deformation
keff =
F+ + F
D+ + D
Loss Stiffness
WD
K
C=
=
2
1 Dave 1
Average Peak Displ.
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
= K
Eq. (9-23)
Effective Stiffness
of Device
Storage Stiffness
Eq. (9-24)
Damping Coefficient
of Device
Circular frequency of mode 1
1997 - NEHRP Guidelines for the Seismic Rehabilitation of Buildings (FEMA 273)
1997 - NEHRP Commentary on the Guidelines for the Seismic Rehabilitation of
Buildings (FEMA 274) (6 of 9)
F + F& = CD&
Maxwell Model
F = C0 D& sgn(D& )
Eq. (9-25)
Linear or Nonlinear Dashpot Model
1997 - NEHRP Guidelines for the Seismic Rehabilitation of Buildings (FEMA 273)
1997 - NEHRP Commentary on the Guidelines for the Seismic Rehabilitation of
Buildings (FEMA 274) (7 of 9)
Pushover Analysis for Structures with EDDs (Part of NSP)
Performance point without dampers
Roof Displ.
Roof Displacement
Base Shear
Base Shear
No dampers
With Friction
Dampers
No dampers
Base Shear
Roof Displacement
Base Shear
With ADAS Dampers
No dampers
Roof Displacement
Reduced Displacement
With Viscoelastic
Dampers
No dampers
Roof Displacement
Reduced Damage
Passive Energy Dissipation 15 6 - 195
1997 - NEHRP Guidelines for the Seismic Rehabilitation of Buildings (FEMA 273)
1997 - NEHRP Commentary on the Guidelines for the Seismic Rehabilitation of
Buildings (FEMA 274) 8 of 9)
eff = +
4Wk
1
Wk = Fi i
2 i
1997 - NEHRP Guidelines for the Seismic Rehabilitation of Buildings (FEMA 273)
1997 - NEHRP Commentary on the Guidelines for the Seismic Rehabilitation of
Buildings (FEMA 274) (9 of 9)
2
Wj =
C j rj2
TS
2
eff = +
TS C j cos 2 j rj2
j
4 mii2
- Intention:
- Apply to all energy dissipation systems (EDS)
- Provide design criteria compatible with conventional
and enhanced seismic performance
- Distinguish between design of members that are part
of EDS and members that are independent of EDS.
-The seismic force resisting system must comply with the requirements
for the systems Seismic Design Category, except that the damping
system may be used to meet drift limits.
No reduction in detailing is thereby allowed,
even if analysis shows that the damping system
is capable of producing significant reductions in
ductility demand or damage.
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Methods of Analysis:
m = I + Vm + H
Hysteretic Damping Due to
Post-Yield Behavior in Structure
Equivalent Viscous Damping of
EDS in the m-th Mode
Inherent Damping Due to Pre-Yield Energy
Dissipation of Structure
(I = 5% or less unless higher values can be justified)
Effective Damping Ratio in m-th mode of vibration
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
m = I + Vm + H
Vm =
Wmj
j
4Wm
1
Wm = Fim im
2 i
Vmin
= max
; 0.75V
BV + I
Vmin 0.75V =
1.8
1.6
V
1.33
1.4
1.2
1.0
Maximum Added
Damping WRT
Minimum Base Shear
= 14 - 5 = 9%
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0
10
15
20
25
30
T=1.0
T=.50
5% Damping
1.0
Effect of Added
Viscous Damping
Pseudoacceleration, g
T=1.5
10%
0.8
20%
0.6
30%
T=2.0
40%
Decreased Displacement
Decreased Shear Force (can not take full advantage of)
0.4
T=3.0
0.2
T=4.0
0.0
0
10
15
20
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 1
Major Objectives
may be beneficial
Provide overview of types of seismic isolation
systems available
Describe behavior, modeling, and analysis of
structures with seismic isolation systems
Review building code requirements
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 2
Outline
Seismic Base Isolation
Elastomeric Bearings
Sliding Bearings
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 3
Superstructure
Basemat
Base
Isolation
System
Isolation Bearing
Passive Damper
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 4
Sliding
Bearing
Elastomeric
Bearing
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 5
Elastomeric
Bearing
Sliding Bearing
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 6
Conventional Structure
Base-Isolated Structure
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 7
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 8
Characteristics of Well-Designed
Seismic Isolation Systems
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 9
T=1.0
T=.50
Pseudoacceleration,
g g
Pseudo-Spectral
Acceleration,
5% Damping
1.0
T=1.5
10%
0.8
20%
30%
0.6
T=2.0
40%
0.4
T=3.0
0.2
T=4.0
0.0
0
10
15
20
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 10
T=1.0
T=.50
5% Damping
Pseudoacceleration,
g g
Pseudo-Spectral
Acceleration,
1.0
T=1.5
10%
0.8
20%
30%
0.6
T=2.0
40%
0.4
T=3.0
0.2
T=4.0
0.0
0
10
15
20
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 11
Base Shear
Increasing Damping
T1
T2
Without
Isolation
With
Isolation
Period
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 12
Increasing Damping
T1
T2
Without
Isolation
With
Isolation
Period
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 13
Base Shear
Soft Soil
Stiff Soil
T1
T2
Without
Isolation
With
Isolation
Period
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 14
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 15
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 16
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 17
Isolation Bearing
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 18
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 19
Major Components:
- Rubber Layers: Provide lateral flexibility
- Steel Shims: Provide vertical stiffness to support building weight
while limiting lateral bulging of rubber
- Lead plug: Provides source of energy dissipation
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 20
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 21
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 22
Lead-Rubber Bearings
Invented in 1975 in New Zealand and
used extensively in New Zealand, Japan,
and the United States.
Hysteretic response is
strongly displacement-dependent
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 23
Axial
Force
Displacement
Shear Force
Lead-Rubber Bearing
High Damping
Rubber Bearing
Low Damping
Rubber Bearing
Displacement
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 24
Deformed
Shape
Load
Cell
- Bearing Manufactured by Scougal Rubber Corporation.
- Test Performed at SUNY Buffalo.
- Shear strain shown is approximately 100%.
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 25
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 26
Bearing Manufactured by
Dynamic Isolation Systems Inc.
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 27
u ( t ) = u 0 sin( t )
Phase
Angle
(Lag)
Imposed Motion
Loading Frequency
1500
FORCE, KIPS
1000
ELASTIC FORCE
DAMPING FORCE
TOTAL FORCE
500
0
-500
-1000
-1500
0.00
0.10
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
TIME, SECONDS
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 28
P ( t ) = K S u ( t ) + C u& ( t )
P0
P0
K
sin( ) C = L
K S = cos( ) K L =
u0
u0
Storage Stiffness
Loss Stiffness
Damping Coeff.
Shear Force, P
Po
PZ
PZ
= sin
P0
Phase Angle
1
= tan ( )
2
KS
uo
PZ = K L u o
Displacement, u
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 29
P ( t ) = K S u ( t ) + C u& ( t )
G' ' A
KL =
tr
Storage Stiffness
Loss Stiffness
Shear Stress
G' A
KS =
tr
C=
= sin Z
0
Damping Coeff.
Phase Angle
G ( )
=
= tan ( )
G ( )
KL
Loss Factor
Shear Strain
( t ) = G (t ) + G & (t ) /
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
1
= = tan ( )
2 2
Damping Ratio
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 30
-2
-4
-6
-8
-3
-2
-1
0
1
Bearing Deformation (cm)
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 31
200
Increasing Pressure
Increasing Frequency
100
0
0
100
200
300
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 32
10
Increasing Pressure
5
0
0
100
200
300
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 33
Shear Force, P
Displacement, u
K eff
keff
ceff
u
P
Ceff
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 34
Force
K eff
DY
keff
WD
eff =
4WS
1
WS = K eff D 2
2
Displacement
WD = 4Q(D DY )
If Q >> DY, then:
WD 4QD
F
Q
= = K +
D
D
eff
2Q(D DY )
=
D(Q + KD )
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 35
Shear Force, P
Displacement, u
P(t ) =
Py
uy
Py
= Yield force
uy
= Yield displacement
= Evolutionary variable
, , ,
= Calibration constants
u (t ) + (1 )Py Z (t )
&
u y Z + u& Z Z
+ u& Z u& = 0
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 36
Concave
Plate
Housing Plate
With PTFE
Coating Above
Slider
Articulated
Slider With
PTFE
Coating
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 37
W
F
Ff
F = W tan +
Free-Body Diagram
of Top Plate and
Slider Under
Imposed Lateral
Force F
Ff
cos
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 38
+
R
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 39
R cos
R sin
sin =
cos = 1
+ ...
3!
+ ... 1
2!
F = W tan +
Ff
cos
u
R
W
N =
W
cos
F f = N sgn (u& )
W
F = u + W sgn (u& )
R
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 40
R cos
v
R sin
sin =
cos = 1
R
3
3!
2
2!
1 u
v = R ( 1 cos ) = R 1 cos sin
R
R 2
u2
v
2
2R
+ ...
1
T = 2.75 sec
v ( in .)
+ ... 1
0.5
u
R
0
0
10
u ( in .)
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 41
-1
Ff
Fr
u&
F
W
Slope =
W
R
+ u&
u&
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 42
-1
W
R
u&
u
F
F f = W
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 43
W
F = u + W sgn (u& )
R
Free
Vibration
Period
R
T = 2
g
Time
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 44
Shear
Force
Area =
Displacement
WD
Force, F
Ff
K eff
W
R
D
F =
W
u + W sgn (u& )
R
Displacement, u
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 45
Stick-Slip
4
2
0
-2
-4
-6
Stick-Slip
-8
-10
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 46
max
max
Coulomb Model
min
min
u&
Actual
Velocity-Dependence
u&
Approximate
Velocity-Dependence
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 47
d
W u&&v Ps
p = 1 + +
A
g W
Equal Increments of
Increasing Pressure, p
Typically
Neglected
u&
Pressure- and Velocity-Dependence
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 48
Coefficient of Friction
0.15
0.10
max
0.05
min
0.00
0
50
25
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 49
Z
1
-1
u&
Viscoplasticity Model
1
&
&
YZ + u Z Z
+ u& Z
-1
u& = 0
u&
Evolutionary
Equation
Coefficient of Friction
W
F (t ) = u (t ) + W sgn (u& )
R
W
F (t ) =
u (t ) + WZ (t )
R
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 50
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 51
F
W
F (t ) = u (t ) + W sgn (u& )
R
K
Keff
Area = Ed
K eff
eff
F W W
= =
+
u
R
u
Ed
4 Wu
2 R
=
=
=
2
4E s 4 0.5 K eff u
(R + u )
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 52
Nonlinear Model
F
F f = W
W
F (t ) = u (t ) + W sgn (u& )
R
u
K eff
Linear Model
F
Ceff
eff
2 R
=
( R + u )
K eff
W W
=
+
R
u
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 53
4000
Slope =
2000
Force (lb)
W
R
Fmax
Nonlinear
2 W
-2000
u max = 1.65 in .
u max
-4000
-2
-1.5
-1
-0.5
0.5
W W
+
R u max
1.5
Fmax = 2 ,069 lb
4000
2000
0
Linear
u max = 1.68 in .
Fmax
Fmax = 2 ,261 lb
-2000
-4000
-2
u max
-1.5
-1
-0.5
0.5
1.5
Displacement (in)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 54
W
F (t ) = u (t ) + W sgn (u& )
R
F
Flat Bearings:
R F (t ) = W sgn (u& )
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 55
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 56
TI1 >> Tf
Fixed-Base
Mode 1
(T = Tf)
Base-Isolated
Mode 1
(T = TI1)
Mode 2
(T = TI2)
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 57
Force, F3
Force, F2
Displacement, D3
Displacement, D2
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 58
F3 = 3 k 3 D3 + ( 1 3 ) F y 3 Z 3
Z& 2 1 a2 Z 22
& =
Z 3 a2 Z 2 Z 3
1
a2 =
0
1
a3 =
0
if D& 2 Z 2 > 0
otherwise
if D& 3 Z 3 > 0
otherwise
k2
a3 Z 2 Z 3 Fy 2
2 k
1 a3 Z 3 3
Fy 3
D& 2
D& 3
Z 22
Z 32
Coupled
Evolutionary
Equations
Z 22 + Z 32 = 1
Range of
Evolutionary
Variables
Defines Yield Surface
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 59
Force, F3
Force, F2
Displacement, D3
Displacement, D2
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 60
ISOLATOR2 Property
Biaxial Friction Pendulum Isolator
Spherical Slider
Force, F
Displacement, D
P
P
F(t)
D(t)
Hookean Spring
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 61
if D1 < 0
otherwise
F2 =
P
D2 + P 2 Z 2
R2
F3 =
P
D3 + P 3 Z 3
R3
Axial Force:
+ = Comp.
- = Tension
Resultant Velocity
k1
D1
For FPS
Bearing,
R2 = R3
v=
rv
Friction Coefficients
r2 D& 22 + r3 D& 32
r=
v2
Effective Inverse Velocity
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 62
k 2 , k3
if D& 2 Z 2 > 0
otherwise
if D& 3 Z 3 > 0
otherwise
k2
a3 Z 2 Z 3 P 2
2 k
1 a3 Z 3 3
P 3
&
D2
D& 3
Z 22 + Z 32 1
Z 22 + Z 32 = 1
Coupled
Evolutionary
Equations
Range of
Evolutionary
Variables
Defines Yield Surface
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 63
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 64
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 65
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 66
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 67
Major Earthquakes
No failure of isolation system
No significant damage to structural elements
No extensive damage to nonstructural components
No major disruption to facility function
Life-Safety
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 68
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 69
Presented
Herein
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 70
DD
g
=
4
S D 1T D
BD
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 71
Spectral Acceleration, Sa
Sa
SD1
=
T
S D1
0 . 4 S DS
TO
TS
1.0
Natural Period, T
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 72
2.5
(B D )max
= 2
1.5
1
0.5
0
0
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 73
T D = 2
W
kD
min
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 74
D TD = D D
12 e
1 + y 2
b + d
Note: A smaller total design displacement may be used (but not less than 1.1DD)
provided that the isolation system can be shown to resist torsion accordingly.
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 75
Vb = k D
max
DD
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 76
VS =
RI
kD
max
RI
DD
3
R
=
R =
2
2 . 67
8
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 77
Shear Force, VS
Natural Period, T
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 78
VS k D max DD
S D1
=
=
Isolated Structure
W
WRI
BD R ITD
VS
S D1
BSCC =
= CS =
Conventional Structure Having
W
T ( R / I ) Period of One-Second or More
BSCI =
BSCI T (R / I )
=
BSCC BD R ITD
Example:
Fire Station (I = 1.5)
Conventional: Special steel moment frame (R = 8.5) and T = 1.0 sec
Isolated: TD = 2.0 sec, damping ratio = 10% (BD = 1.2), RI = 2
BSCI
Result:
= 1.18
BSCC
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 79
VS w xhx
n
i=1
w i hi
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 80
C d
=
I
xe
Displacement at Level x of
Superstructure Based on
Elastic Analysis
x 0 . 015 h sx
Height of Story x
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 81
Vb
VS
DD
1.0
Vb = k D
D TD
3.0
2.0
Natural Period, T
max
DD
VS =
kD
max
DD
4.0
V = C SW
RI
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 82
For cyclic tests, bearings must carry specified vertical (dead and live) loads
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 83
Force, F
Area =
+
Eloop F
keff =
keff
+
F
eff =
F+ + F
+ +
Effective Stiffness
of Isolation Bearing
Eloop
k + +
eff
Displacement,
Equivalent Viscous
Damping Ratio of
Isolation Bearing
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 84
k D max =
k D min =
FD+
max
+ FD
max
min
2 DD
FD+
min
+ FD
2 DD
1 ED
D =
2 k D max DD2
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 85
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 86
Seismic Isolation 15 - 7- 87
NONBUILDING STRUCTURES
Nonbuilding Structures
Same:
Basic ground
motion hazards
Basic structural
dynamics
Different:
Structural
characteristics
Fault rupture
Fluid dynamics
Performance
objectives
Networked
systems
Dams with
Damage
Bridges
Joints at
Long
Spans
Lack of
Redundancy
Tanks
Elephants foot
buckling
Tanks &
Towers
Piplines
Electrical
Towers
and
Substations
Nonbuilding Structures
TWO CLASSIFICATIONS included in Provisions
1. Nonbuilding structures similar to buildings
Dynamic response similar to buildings
Structural systems are designed and constructed
similar to buildings
Use provisions of Chapter 14 and applicable parts of
Chapter 5, 7, 8, 9, . . . .
2. Nonbuilding structures not similar to buildings
Design and construction results in dynamic
response different from buildings
Use Chapter 14 and approved standards for
design
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Nonbuilding Structures
defined similar to buildings (2000)
Examples:
Pipe racks
Steel storage racks
Electric power generation facilities
Structural towers for tanks & vessels
(Many of these have changed in the 2003
edition)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Nonbuilding Structures
Design Requirements
LOADS
Weight, W, for calculating seismic forces includes
all dead loads and all normal operating contents
(grain, water, etc. for bins and tanks)
DRIFT LIMITATIONS
Drift limits of Section 5.2.8 do not apply - but must
maintain stability. P-) check required.
FUNDAMENTAL PERIOD
Calculate using same methods for buildings
(5.3.3)
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Nonbuilding Structures
Design Requirements
VERTICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SEISMIC
FORCES
Use same methods for buildings:
ELF or Modal Analysis
NONBUILDING STRUCTURES
SUPPORTED BY OTHER STRUCTURES
If Wnb < 25% of Wtot treat nonbuilding structure
as
component and design per Chapter 6
If Wnb $ 25% of Wtot determine seismic forces
considering effects of combined structural
systems
Instructional Material Complementing FEMA 451, Design Examples
Nonbuilding Structures
Design Requirements
Nonbuilding Structures
Design Requirements
Table 14.2.1.1: Seismic Coefficients and Height Limits
Structural System
So
Cd
HL
3 NL
--
2 NL
--
NL
--
1 3
NL
--
2 NL
--
2 C
--
1 2
Nonbuilding Structures
Design Requirements
Nonbuilding Structures
Design Requirements
Importance Factor
I=1.0
I=1.25
I=1.5
II
III
Hazard
H-I
H-II
H-III
Function
F-I
F-II
F-III
Nonbuilding Structures
Chapter 14 Appendix
Additional design procedures and recommendations
for:
Electrical transmission, substation and distribution
structures
Buried structures
represents current industry accepted design
practice
info not ready for inclusion in main body of chapter
Nonstructural Components
Architectural, Mechanical and Electrical Components supported by or
located within buildings or other structures.
Nonstructural Components 16 - 1
ASCE 7 Chapter 13
Nonstructural Components
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Nonstructural Components 16 - 2
Nonstructural Components 16 - 3
Nonstructural Demands
Nonstructural Components 16 - 4
0.4a p S DS
z
Fp =
1
+
2
W p
h
R
I
p
Nonstructural Components 16 - 5
Nonstructural Components 16 - 6
Nonstructural Component
ap and Rp Factors
ASCE 7-05 have ap and Rp factors assigned in tables that are
used in Fp equation.
The values of ap range from 1.0 to 2.5 in both codes and
values of ap can be taken as less than 2.5 based on dynamic
analysis.
In ASCE 7-05, Rp values range from 1.0 to 12.0.
The values of Rp can be assigned based on the ductility and
deformability capacity.
In ASCE 7-05 there only 2 footnotes to the ap and Rp tables.
Nonstructural Components 16 - 7
Nonstructural Components 16 - 8
ASCE 7-05
Rp
ap
Cantilever Parapets
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.0
2.5
1.0
2.5
1.0
2.5
1.0
2.5
Ceilings
1.0
2.5
1.0
2.5
2.5
3.5
2.5
3.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.0
2.5
1.0
2.5
Storage Cabinets
1.0
2.5
1.0
2.5
Architectural Component
Nonstructural Components 16 - 9
2003 NEHRP
z=0
ASCE 7-05
z= h
z=0
z=h
Cantilever Parapets
0.40
1.20
0.40
1.20
Exterior Walls
0.30
0.48
0.30
0.48
Partitions
0.30
0.48
0.30
0.48
Ceilings
0.30
0.48
0.30
0.48
0.30
0.86
0.30
0.86
0.40
1.20
0.40
1.20
0.30
0.48
0.30
0.48
Storage Cabinets
0.30
0.48
0.30
0.48
Nonstructural Components 16 - 10
ASCE 7-05
Rp
ap
1.0
2.5
1.0
2.5
1.0
2.5
2.5
6.0
1.0
2.5
1.0
2.5
1.0
2.5
1.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.0
3.5
2.5
12.0
1.0
2.5
2.5
4.5
Mech./Elect. Component
2.0 2.5
Nonstructural Components 16 - 11
ASCE 7-05
z=0
z=h
0.30
0.48
0.30
0.48
0.30
0.48
0.30
0.50
0.30
0.48
0.30
0.48
Emergency Batteries/Tanks
0.30
0.48
0.30
0.48
0.40
1.20
0.33
1.00
0.40
1.20
0.30
0.34
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.48
0.30
0.67
Mech./Elect. Component
0.40-0.50
1.20-1.50
Nonstructural Components 16 - 12
Nonstructural Components 16 - 13
Load Combinations
In ASCE 7-05, the redundancy factor, , is specified
as 1.0 for nonstructural components.
In ASCE 7-05, o is not specified and load
combinations with o are not used with nonstructural
components (including penthouses)
Vertical seismic forces need not be considered for
lay-in access floor panels and lay-in ceiling panels
(exception is not in the Provisions)
Nonstructural Components 16 - 14
Nonstructural Components 16 - 15
Nonstructural Components 16 - 16
Nonstructural Components 16 - 17
Use of experience, or
Nonstructural Components 16 - 18
Nonstructural Components 16 - 19
Nonstructural Components 16 - 20
Kramer. S., K., Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering, Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River,
New Jersey, 1996.
Lin and Burns, Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures, 3rd Edition, John Wiley and
Sons, 1981 (ISBN0-471-01898-8).
Lyndecker, E. V., et al, Development of Maximum Considered Earthquake Ground
Motion Maps, Earthquake Spectra, Vol. 16, No. 1, Earthquake Engineering Research
Institute, Oakland, Cal, February, 2000.
MacGregor and Wight, Reinforced Concrete: Mechanics and Design, 4th Edition,
Pearson/Prentis Hall, Upper Saddle River, NJ, 2005 (ISBN 0-13-142994-9).
Manual of Steel Construction, LRFD, 3rd edition, AISC, 2001.
Naeim, F., The Seismic Design Handbook, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1989.
Newmark, N.M., and Hall, W.J., Earthquake Spectra and Design, Earthquake
Engineering Research Institute, Oakland, CA, 1982.
Park and Paulay, Reinforced Concrete Structures, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1975 (ISBN
0-471-65917-7)
Paulay and Priestley, Seismic Design of Reinforced Concrete and Masonry Buildings,
John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1992 (ISBN 0-471-54915-0)
Paulay, T., Earthquake Resistant Structural Walls, Proceedings of the Workshop on
Earthquake-Resistant Reinforced Concrete Building Construction, University of
California at Berkeley, Berkeley, CA, 1977, pp. 1339-1365.
Paz, Mario, Structural Dynamics, Chapman & Hall, New York, NY, 1997.
Portland Cement Association, Notes on ACI 318-02 Building Code Requirements for
Structural Concrete, PCA, 2002
Recommended Seismic Design Criteria for New Steel Moment-Frame Buildings, SAC ,
FEMA 350, 2000. (Also of interest are FEMA 351, 352, and 353, which deal with
evaluation of existing welded steel frames, strengthening of welded steel frames, and
quality assurance in the construction of welded steel frames and the associated state of
the art reports, which are being distributed solely in CD ROM format.)
Reiter, L., Earthquake Hazard Analysis, Columbia University Press, New York, NY,
1990.
Richart, F.E., Brandtzaeg, A., and Browm, R.L., A Study of the Failure of Concrete
Under Combined Compressive Stresses, University of Illinois Engineering Experimental
Station, Bulletin No. 185, 1928, 104pp.
Samblanet, P. J., ed., Masonry Designers Guide, 4th ed., The Masonry Society, Boulder,
Colorado, November 2003.
Scott, B.D., Park, R., and Priestley, M.J.N., Stress-Strain Behavior of Concrete
Confined by Overlapping Hoops at Low and High Strain Rates, ACI Journal, Jan-Feb
1982, pp. 13-25.
SEI/ASCE 7-05, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, ASCE,
Reston, VA, 2005.
Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings, AISC, 2005
Specification for Structural Steel Buildings, AISC, 2005
Weaver, Jr., W. and Timoshenko, S.P., and Young, D.H., Vibration Problems in
Engineering, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, New York, 1990.
Williams, A., Seismic Design of Buildings and Bridges, Engineering Press, Inc., San
Jose, CA, 1995
Wilson, Edward L., Three Dimensional Static and Dynamic Analysis of Structures,
Computers and Structures, Inc., Berkeley, California, 1998.